UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

☑ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SE CURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number 0-24751

SALISBURY BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Connecticut  06-1514263
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   
5 Bissell Street, Lakeville, CT  06039
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)
   
Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (860) 435-9801
 
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:  
Common Stock, par value $.10 per share  NASDAQ Capital Market
(Title of each class) (Name of each exchange on which registered)
   
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. ☐ Yes ☑ No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☑ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). ☑ Yes ☐ No

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendments to this Form 10-K ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 12b-2). Yes ☐ No ☑

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2013 was $44,463,146 based on the closing sales price of $26.00 of such stock. The number of shares of the registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of March 1, 2014, was 1,711,121.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant's definitive Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on May 14, 2014, which will be filed within 120 days of fiscal year ended December 31, 2013, are incorporated by reference into Part III (Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14) of this Form 10-K.

 
 

FORM 10-K

SALISBURY BANCORP, INC.

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Description Page
PART I    
Item 1. BUSINESS 3
Item 1A. RISK FACTORS 12
Item 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 14
Item 2. PROPERTIES 15
Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 15
Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 16
PART II    
Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER  PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 16
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 17
Item 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 18
Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 33
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 35
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 74
Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 74
Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION 74
PART III    
Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 74
Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 74
Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 74
Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 75
Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES  75
PART IV    
Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 75

 

 
 

PART I

Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain and incorporates by reference statements relating to future results of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary ("Salisbury") that are considered “forward-looking” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These statements relate to, among other things, expectations concerning loan demand, growth and performance, simulated changes in interest rates and the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses.  Actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied as a result of certain risks and uncertainties, including, but not limited to, changes in political and economic conditions, interest rate fluctuations, competitive product and pricing pressures within Salisbury’s markets, equity and fixed income market fluctuations, personal and corporate customers’ bankruptcies, inflation, acquisitions and integrations of acquired businesses, technological changes, changes in law and regulations, changes in fiscal, monetary, regulatory and tax policies, monetary fluctuations, success in gaining  regulatory approvals when required as well as other risks and uncertainties reported from time to time in Salisbury’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Such developments could have an adverse impact on Salisbury’s financial position and results of operations. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this Report.

Item 1. BUSINESS

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc.

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc., a Connecticut corporation, formed in 1998, is the bank holding company for Salisbury Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank"), a Connecticut-chartered and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") insured commercial bank headquartered in Lakeville, Connecticut. Salisbury’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol “SAL”. Salisbury's principal business consists of the business of the Bank. The Bank, formed in 1848, currently provides commercial banking, consumer financing, retail banking and trust and wealth advisory services through a network of eight banking offices and eight ATMs located in Litchfield County, Connecticut, Dutchess County, New York and Berkshire County, Massachusetts and through its internet website (www.salisburybank.com).

Abbreviations Used Herein

ARRA American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009   FRA Federal Reserve Act
Bank Salisbury Bank and Trust Company   FRB Federal Reserve Board 
BHC Bank Holding Company   GAAP Generally Accepted Accounting Principles in the United States of America
BHCA Bank Holding Company Act   GLBA Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act
BOLI Bank Owned Life Insurance   IOLTA Interest on Lawyers Trust Accounts
CFPB Consumer Financial Protection Bureau   LIBOR London Interbank Offered Rate
CPP Capital Purchase Program   OREO Other Real Estate Owned
CRA Community Reinvestment Act of 1977   OTTI Other Than Temporarily Impaired
CTDOB State of Connecticut Department of Banking   PIC Passive Investment Company

Dodd-

Frank Act

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act   Salisbury Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary
ESOP Employee Stock Ownership Plan   SBLF Small Business Lending Fund
FACT Act Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act   SEC Securities and Exchange Commission
FASB Financial Accounting Standards Board   SOX Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
EESA Economic Emergency Stabilization Act   TARP Troubled Asset Relief Program
FDIC Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation   Treasury United States Department of the Treasury
FHLBB Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston      

Lending Activities

General

The Bank originates commercial loans, commercial real estate loans, residential and commercial construction loans, residential real estate loans collateralized by one-to-four family residences, home equity lines of credit and fixed rate loans and other consumer loans predominately in Connecticut’s Litchfield County, Massachusetts’ Berkshire County and New York’s Dutchess County in towns proximate to the Bank’s eight full service offices.

Real estate secured the majority of the Bank’s loans as of December 31, 2013, including some loans classified as commercial loans. Interest rates charged on loans are affected principally by the Bank’s current asset/liability strategy, the demand for such loans, the cost and supply of money available for lending purposes and the rates offered by competitors. These factors are, in turn, affected by general economic and credit conditions, monetary policies of the federal government, including the FRB, federal and state tax policies and budgetary matters.

Residential Real Estate Loans

A principal lending activity of the Bank is to originate prime loans secured by first mortgages on one-to-four family residences. The Bank typically originates residential real estate loans through employees who are commissioned licensed mortgage originators (in accordance with the mortgage lending compensation guidelines issued by the CFPB). The Bank originates both fixed rate and adjustable rate mortgages.

The Bank currently sells the majority of the fixed rate 30 year residential mortgage loans it originates to the FHLBB under the Mortgage Partnership Finance program. The Bank typically retains loan servicing. The Bank retains some fixed rate residential mortgage loans and those loans originated under its first time home owner program.

The retention of adjustable rate residential mortgage loans in the portfolio and the sale of longer term, fixed rate residential mortgage loans helps reduce the Bank’s exposure to interest rate risk. However, adjustable rate mortgages generally pose credit risks different from the credit risks inherent in fixed rate loans primarily because as interest rates rise, the underlying debt service payments of the borrowers rise, thereby increasing the potential for default. Management believes that these risks, which have not had a material adverse effect on the Bank to date, generally are less onerous than the interest rate risks associated with holding long-term fixed rate loans in the loan portfolio.

3
 

Commercial Real Estate Loans

The Bank makes commercial real estate loans for the purpose of allowing borrowers to acquire, develop, construct, improve or refinance commercial real estate where the property is the primary collateral securing the loan, and the income generated from the property is the primary repayment source. Office buildings, light industrial, retail facilities or multi-family income properties, normally collateralize commercial real estate loans. Among the reasons for management’s continued emphasis on commercial real estate lending is the desire to invest in assets with yields, which are generally higher than yields on one-to-four family residential mortgage loans, and are more sensitive to changes in interest rates. These loans typically have terms of up to twenty five years and interest rates, which adjust over periods of three to ten years, based on one of various rate indices.

Commercial real estate lending generally poses a greater credit risk than residential mortgage lending to owner-occupants. The repayment of commercial real estate loans depends on the business and financial condition of the borrower. Economic events and changes in government regulations, which the Bank and its borrowers do not control, could have an adverse impact on the cash flows generated by properties securing commercial real estate loans and on the market value of such properties.

Construction Loans

The Bank originates both residential and commercial construction loans. Typically, loans are made to owner-borrowers who will occupy the properties as either their primary or secondary residence and to licensed and experienced developers for the construction of single-family homes.

The proceeds of commercial construction loans are disbursed in stages. Bank officers, appraisers and/or independent engineers inspect each project’s progress before additional funds are disbursed to verify that borrowers have completed project phases.

Residential construction loans to owner-borrowers generally convert to a fully amortizing long-term mortgage loan upon completion of construction. Construction phase is generally for twelve months.

Construction lending, particularly commercial construction lending, poses greater credit risk than mortgage lending to owner occupants. The repayment of commercial construction loans depends on the business and financial condition of the borrower and on the economic viability of the project financed. Economic events and changes in government regulations, which the Bank and its borrowers do not control, could have an adverse impact on the value of properties securing construction loans and on the borrower’s ability to complete projects financed and sell them for amounts anticipated at the time the projects commenced.

Commercial Loans

Commercial loans are generally made on a secured basis and are primarily collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable and/or leases. Commercial loans primarily provide working capital, equipment financing, financing for leasehold improvements and financing for expansion. The Bank offers both term and revolving commercial loans. Term loans have either fixed or adjustable rates of interest and, generally, terms of between two and seven years. Term loans generally amortize during their life, although some loans require a balloon payment at maturity if the amortization exceeds seven years. Revolving commercial lines of credit typically are renewable annually and have a floating rate of interest, which is normally indexed to the Wall Street Journal’s prime rate of interest and occasionally indexed to the LIBOR.

Commercial lending generally poses a higher degree of credit risk than real estate lending. Repayment of both secured and unsecured commercial loans depends substantially on the success of the borrower’s underlying business, financial condition and cash flows. Unsecured loans generally involve a higher degree of risk of loss than do secured loans because, without collateral, repayment is primarily dependent upon the success of the borrower’s business.

Secured commercial loans are generally collateralized by equipment, inventory, accounts receivable and leases. Compared to real estate, such collateral is more difficult to monitor, its value is more difficult to validate, it may depreciate more rapidly and it may not be as readily saleable if repossessed.

Consumer Loans

The Bank originates various types of consumer loans, including home equity loans and lines of credit, auto and personal installment loans. Home equity loans and lines of credit are generally secured by one-to-four family owner-occupied properties, typically by second mortgages. Home equity loans have fixed interest rates, while home equity lines of credit adjust based on the Wall Street Journal’s prime rate of interest. Consumer loans are originated through the branch network with the exception of Home Equity Lines Of Credit, which are originated by licensed Mortgage Lending Originator staff.

Credit Risk Management and Asset Quality

One of the Bank’s key objectives is to maintain a high level of asset quality. The Bank utilizes the following general practices to manage credit risk: limiting the amount of credit that individual lenders may extend; establishing a process for credit approval accountability; careful initial underwriting and analysis of borrower, transaction, market and collateral risks; ongoing servicing of individual loans and lending relationships; continuous monitoring of the portfolio, market dynamics and the economy; and periodically reevaluating the Bank’s strategy and overall exposure as economic, market and other relevant conditions change.

Credit Administration is responsible for determining loan loss reserve adequacy, preparing monthly and quarterly reports regarding the credit quality of the loan portfolio; which are submitted to the Loan Committee to ensure compliance with the credit policy, and managing non-performing and classified assets as well as oversight of all collection activity. On a quarterly basis, the Loan Committee reviews commercial and commercial real estate loans that are risk rated as “Special Mention” or worse, focusing on the current status and strategies to improve the credit.

The Bank’s loan review activities are performed by an independent third party firm that evaluates the creditworthiness of borrowers and the appropriateness of the Bank’s risk rating classifications. The firm’s findings are reported to Credit Administration and the Loan and Audit Committee.

4
 

Trust and Wealth Advisory Services

The Bank provides a range of fiduciary and trust services including general investment management, wealth advisory services to individuals, families and institutions, and estate administration and settlement services.

Securities

Salisbury’s securities portfolio is structured to diversify the earnings, assets and risk structure of Salisbury, provide liquidity consistent with both projected and potential needs, collateralize certain types of deposits, assist with maintaining a satisfactory net interest margin and comply with regulatory capital and liquidity requirements. Securities types include U.S. Government and Agency securities, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and bank qualified tax exempt municipal bonds.

Sources of Funds

The Bank uses deposits, proceeds from loan and security maturities, repayments and sales, and borrowings to fund lending, investing and general operations. Deposits represent the Bank’s primary source of funds.

Deposits

The Bank offers a variety of deposit accounts with a range of interest rates and other terms, which are designed to meet customer financial needs. Retail and commercial deposits are received through the Bank’s banking offices. Additional depositor related services provided to customers include merchant services, cash management (ACH Origination, Wire Transfers and Positive Pay), ATM, bank-by-phone, Internet Banking, Internet Bill Pay, Person to Person Payments, Bank to Bank Transfers, Mobile Banking, and Online Financial Management services.

The FDIC provides separate insurance coverage of $250,000 per depositor for each account ownership category. Deposit flows are significantly influenced by economic conditions, the general level of interest rates and the relative attractiveness of competing deposit and investment alternatives. When determining deposit pricing, the Bank considers strategic objectives, competitive market rates, deposit flows, funding commitments and investment alternatives, FHLBB advance rates and rates on other sources of funds.

National, regional and local economic and credit conditions, changes in competitor money market, savings and time deposit rates, prevailing market interest rates and competing investment alternatives all have a significant impact on the level of the Bank’s deposits. Deposit generation is a key focus for the Bank as a source of liquidity and to fund continuing asset growth. Competition for deposits has been and is expected to remain strong.

Borrowings

The Bank is a member of the FHLBB that provides credit facilities for regulated, federally insured depository institutions and certain other home financing institutions. Members of the FHLBB are required to own capital stock in the FHLBB and are authorized to apply for advances on the security of their FHLBB stock and certain home mortgages and other assets (principally securities, which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the United States Government or its agencies) provided certain creditworthiness standards have been met. Under its current credit policies, the FHLBB limits advances based on a member’s assets, total borrowings and net worth. Long-term and short-term FHLBB advances are utilized as a source of funding to meet liquidity and planning needs when the cost of these funds are favorable as compared to deposits or alternate funding sources.

Additional funding sources are available through securities sold under agreements to repurchase and the Federal Reserve Bank of Boston.

Subsidiaries

Salisbury has one wholly-owned subsidiary, Salisbury Bank and Trust Company. The Bank has two wholly-owned subsidiaries, SBT Mortgage Service Corporation and S.B.T. Realty, Inc. SBT Mortgage Service Corporation is a passive investment company ("PIC") that holds loans collateralized by real estate originated or purchased by the Bank. Income of the PIC and its dividends to Salisbury are exempt from the Connecticut Corporate Business Tax. S.B.T. Realty, Inc. was formed to hold New York State real estate and is presently inactive.

Employees

At December 31, 2013, the Bank had 125 full-time employees and 22 part-time employees. None of the employees were represented by a collective bargaining group. The Bank maintains a comprehensive employee benefit program providing, among other benefits, group medical and dental insurance, life insurance, disability insurance, an ESOP plan and an employee 401(k) plan. Management considers relations with its employees to be good.

Market Area

Salisbury and the Bank are headquartered in Lakeville, Connecticut, which is located in the northwestern quadrant of Connecticut’s Litchfield County. The Bank has a total of eight banking offices, four of which are located in Connecticut's Litchfield County; two of which are located in Massachusetts’ Berkshire County; and two of which are located in New York’s Dutchess County. The Bank’s primary deposit gathering and lending area consists of the communities and surrounding towns that are served by its branch network in Litchfield, Berkshire and Dutchess counties. The Bank also has deposit, lending and trust relationships outside of these areas.

Competition

The Bank faces strong competition in attracting and retaining deposits and in making loans. The primary factors in competing for deposits are interest rates, personalized services, the quality and range of financial services, convenience of office locations, automated services and office hours. Its most direct competition for deposits and loans has come from commercial banks, savings banks and credit unions located in its market area. Competition for deposits also comes from non-banking companies such as brokerage houses that offer a range of deposit and deposit-like products. Although the Bank expects this continuing competition to have an effect upon the cost of funds, it does not anticipate any substantial adverse effect on maintaining the current deposit base. The Bank is competitive within its market area in the various deposit products it offers to depositors. Due to this fact, management believes the Bank has the ability to maintain its deposit base.

The Bank's competition for real estate loans comes primarily from mortgage banking companies, savings banks, commercial banks, insurance companies, and other institutional lenders. The primary factors in competing for loans are interest rates, loan origination fees, the quality and range of lending services and personalized service. Factors that affect competition include, among others, the general availability of funds and credit, general and local economic conditions, current interest rate levels and volatility in the mortgage markets.

The banking industry is also experiencing rapid changes in technology. In addition to improving customer services, effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables financial institutions to reduce costs. Technological advances are likely to increase competition by enabling more companies to provide cost effective products and services.

5
 

Regulation and Supervision

General

Salisbury is required to file reports and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of the FRB, the CTDOB, the FDIC, the SEC and NASDAQ.

The Bank is subject to extensive regulation by the CTDOB, as its chartering agency, and by the FDIC, as its deposit insurer. The Bank is required to file reports with, and is periodically examined by, the FDIC and the CTDOB concerning its activities and financial condition. It must obtain regulatory approvals prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers.

The following discussion of the laws, regulations and policies material to the operations of Salisbury and the Bank is a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to such laws, regulations and policies. Such statutes, regulations and policies are continually under review by Congress and the Connecticut, New York and Massachusetts State Legislatures and federal and state regulatory agencies. Any change in such laws, regulations, or policies could have a material adverse impact on Salisbury or the Bank.

Bank Holding Company Regulation

SEC and NASDAQ

Salisbury is subject to the rules and regulations of the SEC and is required to comply with the disclosure and regulatory requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, as administered by the SEC. Salisbury’s common stock is listed on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the trading symbol “SAL” and, accordingly, Salisbury is also subject to the rules of NASDAQ for listed companies.

Federal Reserve Board Regulation

Salisbury is a registered bank holding company under the BHCA and is subject to comprehensive regulation and regular examinations by the FRB. The FRB also has extensive enforcement authority over bank holding companies, including, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist or removal orders and to require that a holding company divest subsidiaries (including its bank subsidiaries). In general, enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of law and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

Under FRB policy, a bank holding company must serve as a source of financial and managerial strength for its subsidiary bank. Under this policy, Salisbury is expected to commit resources to support the Bank. The FRB may require a holding company to contribute additional capital to an undercapitalized subsidiary bank. Any capital loans by a bank holding company to its subsidiary bank are subordinate in right of payment to deposits and certain other indebtedness of such subsidiary bank.

Bank holding companies must obtain FRB approval before: (i) acquiring, directly or indirectly, ownership or control of another bank or bank holding company; (ii) acquiring all or substantially all of the assets of another bank or bank holding company; or (iii) merging or consolidating with another bank holding company.

The BHCA also prohibits a bank holding company, with certain exceptions, from acquiring direct or indirect ownership or control of any company, which is not a bank or bank holding company, or from engaging directly or indirectly in activities other than those of banking, managing or controlling banks, or providing services for its subsidiaries. The principal exceptions to these prohibitions involve certain non-bank activities, which, by statute or by FRB regulation or order, have been identified as activities closely related to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks. The list of activities permitted by the FRB includes, among other things: (i) operating a savings institution, mortgage company, finance company, credit card company or factoring company; (ii) performing certain data processing operations; (iii) providing certain investment and financial advice; (iv) underwriting and acting as an insurance agent for certain types of credit-related insurance; (v) leasing property on a full-payout, non-operating basis; (vi) selling money orders; (vii) real estate and personal property appraising; (viii) providing tax planning and preparation services; (ix) financing and investing in certain community development activities; and (x) subject to certain limitations, providing securities brokerage services for customers.

Connecticut Bank Holding Company Regulation

Salisbury is also subject to Connecticut banking law applicable to Connecticut bank holding companies. Under Connecticut banking law, no person may acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of voting securities of a Connecticut-chartered bank, or any bank holding company of such a bank, without prior notification to, and lack of disapproval by, the CTDOB. The CTDOB will disapprove the acquisition if the bank or holding company to be acquired has been in existence for less than five years, unless the CTDOB waives this five-year restriction, or if the acquisition would result in the acquirer controlling 30% or more of the total amount of deposits in insured depository institutions in Connecticut. Similar restrictions apply to any person who holds in excess of 10% of any such class and desires to increase its holdings to 25% or more of such class.

Dividends

Salisbury’s dividends to shareholders are substantially dependent upon Salisbury’s receipt of dividends from the Bank. The FRB has issued a policy statement on the payment of cash dividends by bank holding companies, which expresses the FRB’s view that a bank holding company should be a “source of strength” to its bank subsidiary and should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the holding company’s net income for the past year is sufficient to cover both the cash dividends and a rate of earnings retention that is consistent with the holding company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. The FRB also indicated that it would be inappropriate for a company experiencing serious financial problems to borrow funds to pay dividends. Furthermore, the FRB may prohibit a bank holding company from paying any dividends if the holding company’s bank subsidiary is classified as “undercapitalized” or if the dividend would violate applicable law or would be an unsafe or unsound banking practice.

Financial Modernization

GLBA permits greater affiliation among banks, securities firms, insurance companies, and other companies under a type of financial services company known as a “financial holding company”. A financial holding company essentially is a bank holding company with significantly expanded powers. Financial holding companies are authorized by statute to engage in a number of financial activities previously impermissible for bank holding companies, including securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; and merchant banking activities. The act also permits the FRB and the Treasury to authorize additional activities for financial holding companies if they are “financial in nature” or “incidental” to financial activities. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is “well capitalized” and “well managed” as defined in the FRB’s Regulation Y, and has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating. A financial holding company must provide notice to the FRB within 30 days after commencing activities previously determined to be permissible by statute or by the FRB and the Treasury. Salisbury is a registered financial holding company.

6
 

All financial institutions are required to establish policies and procedures with respect to the ability of the Bank to share nonpublic customer data with nonaffiliated parties and to protect customer data from unauthorized access. The Bank has developed policies and procedures, and believes it is in compliance with all privacy, information sharing, and notification provisions of GLBA and the FACT Act.

Connecticut Banking Laws and Supervision

The Bank is a state-chartered commercial bank under Connecticut law and as such is subject to regulation and examination by the CTDOB. The CTDOB regulates commercial banks, among other financial institutions, for compliance with the laws and regulations of the States of Connecticut, New York and Massachusetts, as well as the appropriate rules and regulations of federal agencies. The approval of the CTDOB is required for, among other things, the establishment of branch offices and business combination transactions. The CTDOB conducts periodic examinations of Connecticut-chartered banks. The FDIC also regulates many of the areas regulated by the CTDOB, and federal law may limit some of the authority provided to Connecticut-chartered banks by Connecticut law.

Lending Activities

Connecticut banking laws grant commercial banks broad lending authority. With certain limited exceptions, total secured and unsecured loans made to any one obligor generally may not exceed 15% of the Bank’s equity capital and reserves for loan and lease losses. However, if the loan is fully secured, such limitations generally may be increased by an additional 10%.

Dividends

The Bank may pay cash dividends out of its net profits. For purposes of this restriction, “net profits” represents the remainder of all earnings from current operations. Further, the total amount of all dividends declared by the Bank in any year may not exceed the sum of its net profits for the year in question combined with its retained net profits from the preceding two years, unless the CTDOB approves the larger dividend. Federal law also prevents the Bank from paying dividends or making other capital distributions that would cause it to become “undercapitalized”. The FDIC may also limit a bank’s ability to pay dividends based upon safety and soundness considerations.

Powers

Connecticut law permits Connecticut banks to sell insurance and fixed and variable-rate annuities if licensed to do so by the Connecticut Insurance Department. With the prior approval of the CTDOB, Connecticut banks are also authorized to engage in a broad range of activities related to the business of banking, or that are financial in nature or that are permitted under the BHCA, other federal statutes, or the regulations promulgated pursuant to these statutes. Connecticut banks generally are also authorized to engage in any activity permitted for a federal bank or upon filing prior written notice of its intention to engage in such activity with the CTDOB, unless the CTDOB disapproves the activity.

Assessments

Connecticut banks are required to pay assessments to the CTDOB based upon a bank’s asset size to fund the CTDOB’s operations. The assessments are generally made annually.

Enforcement

Under Connecticut law, the CTDOB has extensive enforcement authority over Connecticut banks and, under certain circumstances, affiliated parties, insiders, and agents. The CTDOB’s enforcement authority includes cease and desist orders, fines, receivership, conservatorship, removal of officers and directors, emergency closures, dissolution and liquidation.

New York and Massachusetts Banking Laws and Supervision

Federal and state laws authorize the interstate merger of banks. Among other things, banks may establish new branches on an interstate basis provided that such action is specifically authorized by the law of the host state. The Bank conducts activities and operates branch offices in New York and Massachusetts as well as Connecticut. Generally, with respect to its business in New York and Massachusetts, the Bank may conduct any activity that is authorized under Connecticut law that is permissible for either New York or Massachusetts state banks or for an out-of-state national bank, at its New York and Massachusetts branch offices, respectively. The New York State Superintendent of Banks may exercise regulatory authority with respect to the Bank’s New York branch offices. The Bank is subject to certain rules related to community reinvestment, consumer protection, fair lending, establishment of intra-state branches and the conduct of banking activities with respect to its branches located in New York State. The Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks may exercise similar authority, and the Bank is subject to similar rules under Massachusetts Banking Law with respect to the Bank’s Massachusetts branch offices.

Federal Regulations

Capital Requirements

Under FDIC regulations, federally insured state-chartered banks, such as the Bank, that are not members of the Federal Reserve System (“state non-member banks”) are required to comply with minimum leverage capital requirements. For most institutions, the minimum leverage capital ratio is not less than 4%. Tier 1 capital is the sum of common Shareholders’ equity, noncumulative perpetual preferred stock (including any related surplus) and minority investments in certain subsidiaries, less intangible assets (except for certain servicing rights and credit card relationships) and certain other specified items.

The FDIC regulations require state non-member banks to maintain certain levels of regulatory capital in relation to regulatory risk-weighted assets. The ratio of regulatory capital to regulatory risk-weighted assets is referred to as a bank’s “risk-based capital ratio”. Risk-based capital ratios are determined by allocating assets and specified off-balance sheet items (including recourse obligations, direct credit substitutes and residual interests) to four risk-weighted categories ranging from 0% to 100%, and in some instances 200% or assets subject to dollar-for-dollar capital requirements, with higher levels of capital being required for the categories perceived as representing greater risk.

To be considered “well capitalized”, banks are generally expected to maintain a minimum ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8%, of which at least one-half must be Tier 1 capital. Total capital consists of Tier 1 capital plus Tier 2 or supplementary capital items, which include allowances for loan losses in an amount of up to 1.25% of risk-weighted assets, cumulative preferred stock and certain other capital instruments, and a portion of the net unrealized gain on equity securities. The includable amount of Tier 2 capital cannot exceed the amount of the institution’s Tier 1 capital. Banks that engage in specified levels of trading activities are subject to adjustments in their risk based capital calculation to ensure the maintenance of sufficient capital to support market risk.

7
 

As a bank holding company, Salisbury is subject to FRB capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies similar to those of the FDIC for state-chartered banks.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee, a group of bank regulatory supervisors from around the world, released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III.” Basel III, when fully implemented by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies and fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.

 In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved final rules to implement the Basel III capital framework. The rules will be effective on January 1, 2015 and phased-in over a multiple year period through 2019. The new capital rules call for greater reliance upon equity capital with higher minimum capital level requirements. We are in the process of assessing the impact from these new regulatory requirements, and while we cannot be certain of the impact, we believe that Salisbury will exceed applicable regulatory requirements, once they become effective.

 

Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action

Federal law requires, among other things, that federal bank regulatory authorities take “prompt corrective action” with respect to banks that do not meet minimum capital requirements. For these purposes, the law establishes five capital categories:

Well capitalized – at least 5% leverage capital, 6% Tier 1 risk based capital and 10% total risk based capital.
Adequately capitalized – at least 4% leverage capital, 4% Tier 1 risk based capital and 8% total risk based capital.
Undercapitalized – less than 4% leverage capital, 4% Tier 1 risk based capital and less than 8% total risk based capital. “Undercapitalized” banks must adhere to growth, capital distribution (including dividend) and other limitations and are required to submit a capital restoration plan. A bank’s compliance with such a plan is required to be guaranteed by any company that controls the undercapitalized institution in an amount equal to the lesser of 5% of the institution’s total assets when deemed undercapitalized or the amount necessary to achieve the status of adequately capitalized.
Significantly undercapitalized – less than 3% leverage capital, 3% Tier 1 risk based capital and less than 6% total risk-based capital. “Significantly undercapitalized” banks must comply with one or more of a number of additional restrictions, including but not limited to an order by the FDIC to sell sufficient voting stock to become adequately capitalized, requirements to reduce total assets, cease receipt of deposits from correspondent banks or dismiss directors or officers, and restrictions on interest rates paid on deposits, compensation of executive officers and capital distributions by the parent holding company.
Critically undercapitalized – less than 2% tangible capital. “Critically undercapitalized” institutions are subject to additional measures including, subject to a narrow exception, the appointment of a receiver or conservator within 270 days after it obtains such status.

As of December 31, 2013, the Bank was “well capitalized”.

Transactions with Affiliates

Under federal law, transactions between depository institutions and their affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the FRA. In a holding company context, at a minimum, the parent holding company of a bank and any companies which are controlled by such parent holding company are affiliates of the bank. Generally, Sections 23A and 23B are intended to protect insured depository institutions from suffering losses arising from transactions with non-insured affiliates, by limiting the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in covered transactions with any one affiliate and with all affiliates of the bank in the aggregate, and by requiring that such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices.

The FRA and Regulation O restrict loans to directors, executive officers, and principal shareholders (“insiders”). Loans to insiders and their related interests may not exceed, together with all other outstanding loans to such persons and affiliated entities, the institution’s total capital and surplus. Loans to insiders above specified amounts must receive the prior approval of the board of directors and must be made on terms substantially the same as offered in comparable transactions to other persons. The FRA imposes additional limitations on loans to executive officers.

Enforcement

The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured banks, including the Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, issue cease and desist orders and remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices.

Standards for Safety and Soundness

The FDIC, together with the other federal bank regulatory agencies, prescribe standards of safety and soundness by regulations or guidelines, relating generally to operations and management, asset growth, asset quality, earnings, stock valuation and compensation. The federal bank regulatory agencies have adopted a set of guidelines prescribing safety and soundness standards, which establish general standards relating to internal controls and information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director or principal shareholder. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies adopted regulations that authorize, but do not require, the agencies to order an institution that has been given notice that it is not satisfying the safety and soundness guidelines to submit a compliance plan. The federal bank regulatory agencies have also adopted guidelines for asset quality and earning standards. As a state-chartered bank, the Bank is also subject to state statutes, regulations and guidelines relating to safety and soundness, in addition to the federal requirements.

8
 

Insurance of Deposit Accounts

The Bank’s deposit accounts are insured by the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) of the FDIC up to applicable legal limits (generally, $250,000 per depositor for each account ownership category and $250,000 for certain retirement plan accounts) and are subject to deposit insurance assessments. The FDIC insurance coverage limit applies per depositor, per insured depository institution for each account ownership category.

The FDIC utilizes a risk-based assessment system that imposes insurance premiums based upon a risk matrix that takes into account a bank’s capital level and supervisory rating. The FDIC assigns an institution to one of the following capital categories based on the institution’s financial condition consisting of (1) well capitalized, (2) adequately capitalized or (3) undercapitalized, and one of three supervisory subcategories within each capital group. The supervisory subgroup to which an institution is assigned is based on a supervisory evaluation provided to the FDIC by the institution’s primary federal regulator and information which the FDIC determines to be relevant to the institution’s financial condition and the risk posed to the deposit insurance funds. An institution’s assessment rate depends on the capital category and supervisory category to which it is assigned.

FDIC insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund the DIF. The Bank’s current annual assessment rate is approximately 8 basis points of total assets. Additionally, FDIC insured institutions are required to pay assessments to the FDIC to fund interest payments on bonds issued by The Financing Corporation, an agency of the federal government established to recapitalize the predecessor to the Savings Association Insurance Fund. The assessment rate is adjusted quarterly to reflect changes in the assessment bases of the fund based on quarterly Call Report and Thrift Financial Report submissions. From time to time, the FDIC may impose a supplemental special assessment in addition to other special assessments and regular premium rates to replenish the deposit insurance funds during periods of economic difficulty. The amount of an emergency special assessment imposed on a bank will be determined by the FDIC if such amount is necessary to provide sufficient assessment income to repay amounts borrowed from the Treasury; to provide sufficient assessment income to repay obligations issued to and other amounts borrowed from insured depository institutions; or for any other purpose the FDIC may deem necessary.

The FDIC may terminate insurance of deposits, after notice and a hearing, if it finds that the institution is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. The management of the Bank does not know of any practice, condition or violation that might lead to termination of deposit insurance.

The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”)

The Dodd-Frank Act, enacted in July 2010, significantly changed the bank regulatory landscape and has impacted lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act revised the statutory authorities governing the FDIC’s management of the DIF. The Dodd-Frank Act granted the FDIC new DIF management tools: maintaining a positive Fund balance even during a banking crisis and maintaining moderate, steady assessment rates throughout economic and credit cycles.

Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act: (1) raised the minimum Designated Reserve Ratio (DRR), which the FDIC must set each year, to 1.35% (from the former minimum of 1.15%) and removed the upper limit on the DRR (which was formerly capped at 1.5%) and therefore on the size of the DIF; (2) required that the DIF reserve ratio reach 1.35% by September 30, 2020 (rather than 1.15% by the end of 2016, as formerly required); (3) required that, in setting assessments, the FDIC offset the effect of requiring that the reserve ratio reach 1.35% by September 30, 2020 (rather than 1.15% by the end of 2016) on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10 billion; (4) eliminated the requirement that the FDIC provide dividends from the Fund when the reserve ratio is between 1.35% and 1.50%; and (5) continued the FDIC’s authority to declare dividends when the reserve ratio at the end of a calendar year is at least 1.50%, but granted the FDIC sole discretion in determining whether to suspend or limit the declaration or payment of dividends.

The Dodd-Frank Act also required that the FDIC amend its regulations to redefine the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the assessment base must, with some possible exceptions, equal average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity.

The FDIC amended 12 CFR 327 to implement revisions to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act made by the Dodd-Frank Act by modifying the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base; to change the assessment rate adjustments; to revise the deposit insurance assessment rate schedules in light of the new assessment base and altered adjustments; to implement the Dodd-Frank Act’s dividend provisions; to revise the large insured depository institution assessment system to better differentiate for risk and better take into account losses from large institution failures that the FDIC may incur; and to make technical and other changes to the FDIC's assessment rules. The FDIC Board of Directors adopted the final rule, which redefined the deposit insurance assessment base as required by the Dodd-Frank Act; made changes to assessment rates; implemented the Dodd-Frank Act’s DIF dividend provisions; and revised the risk-based assessment system for all large insured depository institutions, generally, those institutions with at least $10 billion in total assets. Nearly all of the 6,700-plus institutions with assets less than $10 billion, including the Bank, have benefited from a reduction in their assessments as a result of this final rule.

The Dodd-Frank Act requires publicly traded companies to give shareholders a non-binding vote of executive compensation at, for smaller reporting companies such as Salisbury, the first annual meeting taking place after January 21, 2013 and at least every three (3) years thereafter. The legislation also authorizes the SEC to prohibit broker discretion on any voting on election of directors, executive compensation matters, and any other significant matter.

The Dodd-Frank Act also adopts various mortgage lending and predatory lending provisions and requires loan originators to retain 5% of any loan sold and securitized, unless it is a “qualified residential mortgage”, which includes standard 30 and 15-year fixed rate loans.

Consumer Protection and the Financial Protection Bureau

The Dodd-Frank Act created the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”). As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, jurisdiction for all existing consumer protection laws and regulations has been transferred to the CFPB. In addition, the CFPB is granted authority to promulgate new consumer protection regulations for banks and nonbank financial firms offering consumer financial services or products to ensure that consumers are protected from “unfair, deceptive, or abusive” acts or practices.

Salisbury is subject to a number of federal and state laws designed to protect borrowers and promote lending to various sectors of the economy and population. These laws include the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit Reporting Act, the Truth in Lending Act, the Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, the Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, various state law counterparts, and the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010, which constitutes part of the Dodd-Frank Act and establishes the CFPB, as described above.

9
 

On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued a final rule implementing the ability-to-repay and qualified mortgage (“QM”) provisions of the Truth in Lending Act, as amended by the Dodd-Frank Act (the “QM Rule”). The ability-to-repay provision requires creditors to make reasonable, good faith determinations that borrowers are able to repay their mortgages before extending the credit based on a number of factors and consideration of financial information about the borrower from reasonably reliable third-party documents. Under the Dodd-Frank Act and the QM Rule, loans meeting the definition of “qualified mortgage” are entitled to a presumption that the lender satisfied the ability-to-repay requirements. The presumption is a conclusive presumption/safe harbor for prime loans meeting the QM requirements and a rebuttable presumption for higher-priced/subprime loans meeting the QM requirements. The definition of a “qualified mortgage” incorporates the statutory requirements, such as not allowing negative amortization or terms longer than 30 years. The QM Rule also adds an explicit maximum 43% debt-to-income ratio for borrowers if the loan is to meet the QM definition.

Federal Reserve System

All depository institutions must hold a percentage of certain types of deposits as reserves. Reserve requirements currently are assessed on the depository institution's net transaction accounts (mostly checking accounts). Depository institutions must also regularly submit deposit reports of their deposits and other reservable liabilities.

For net transaction accounts in 2013, the first $12.4 million (which may be adjusted by the FRB) will be exempt from reserve requirements. A 3% reserve ratio will be assessed on net transaction accounts over $12.4 million up to and including $79.5 million (which may be adjusted by the FRB). A 10% reserve ratio will be assessed on net transaction accounts in excess of $79.5 million (which may be adjusted by the FRB). The Bank is in compliance with these requirements.

Federal Home Loan Bank System

The Bank is a member of the Boston region of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The FHLBB provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions. Member institutions are required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the FHLBB calculated periodically based primarily on its level of borrowings from the FHLBB. The Bank was in compliance with this requirement. At December 31, 2013, the Bank had FHLBB stock of $5.3 million and FHLBB advances of $30.4 million.

No market exists for shares of the FHLBB and therefore, they are carried at par value. FHLBB stock may be redeemed at par value five years following termination of FHLBB membership, subject to limitations which may be imposed by the FHLBB or its regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Board, to maintain capital adequacy of the FHLBB. While the Bank currently has no intentions to terminate its FHLBB membership, the ability to redeem its investment in FHLBB stock would be subject to the conditions imposed by the FHLBB.

In 2008, the FHLBB announced to its members it was focusing on preserving capital in response to ongoing market volatility including the extension of a moratorium on excess stock repurchases and in 2009 announced the suspension of its quarterly dividends. On February 22, 2011, the FHLBB announced the resumption of modest quarterly cash dividends to its members through 2011 and on June 27, 2011 the FHLBB announced the discontinuation of its excess stock pool effective June 28, 2011, and designated December 28, 2011, as the required stock purchase date. Based on the capital adequacy and the liquidity position of the FHLBB, management believes there is no impairment related to the carrying amount of the Bank’s FHLBB stock as of December 31, 2013. If in the future there were to be further deterioration of the FHLBB’s capital levels it might warrant the Bank to deem its restricted investment in FHLBB stock to be OTTI. If future evidence of impairment were to exist, the FHLBB stock would reflect fair value using either observable or unobservable inputs. The Bank will continue to monitor its investment in FHLBB stock.

Troubled Asset Relief Program and Capital Purchase Program

TARP was established as part of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008 and gave the Treasury authority to deploy up to $700 billion into the financial system with the objective of improving liquidity in the capital markets. On October 24, 2008, the Treasury announced plans to direct $250 billion of the $700 billion authorized into preferred stock investments in banks (the “CPP”).

On March 13, 2009, Salisbury sold to the Secretary of the Treasury (i) 8,816 shares of its Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the Series A Preferred Stock) and (ii) a ten-year warrant to purchase up to 57,671 shares of its common stock, par value $0.10 per share, at an exercise price of $22.93 per share (the “Warrant”), for an aggregate purchase price of $8,816,000 in cash. All of the proceeds from the sale of its Series A Preferred Stock were treated as Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes.

On August 25, 2011, Salisbury repurchased from the Secretary of the Treasury for $8,816,000 all of its 8,816 shares of Series A Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock and on November 2, 2011, Salisbury repurchased from the Secretary of the Treasury for $205,000 the Warrant to purchase up to 57,671 shares of Salisbury’s Common Stock at a purchase price of $22.93 per share.

Small Business Lending Fund

Treasury’s SBLF program is a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 to encourage lending to small businesses by providing Tier 1 capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion.

Salisbury elected to participate in Treasury’s SBLF program and on August 25, 2011, Salisbury sold to the Secretary of the Treasury $16 million of its Series B Preferred Stock under the SBLF program, and simultaneously repurchased all of its Series A Preferred Stock sold to the Treasury in 2009 under the Capital Purchase Program, a part of TARP. All of the proceeds from the sale of its Series B Preferred Stock are treated as Tier 1 Capital for regulatory purposes.

The Series B Preferred Stock pays noncumulative dividends. The dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Stock for the initial ten quarterly dividend periods, commencing with the period ended September 30, 2011 and ending with the period ended December 31, 2013, is determined each quarter based on the increase in the Bank’s Qualified Small Business Lending over a baseline amount. The dividend rate for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2013 was 1.0%. For the eleventh quarterly dividend payment through four and one-half years after its issuance, the dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Stock will be 1.0%. Commencing with the second quarter of 2016, four and one-half years from its issuance, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9.0% per annum. The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at any time at one hundred percent of the issue price plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.

10
 

Other Regulations

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

The stated goals of SOX are to increase corporate responsibility, to provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws.

SOX includes very specific disclosure requirements and corporate governance rules, requires the SEC and securities exchanges to adopt extensive additional disclosure, corporate governance and other related rules, and mandates further studies of certain issues by the SEC and the Comptroller General. SOX represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.

SOX addresses, among other matters, audit committees; certification of financial statements and internal controls by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer; the forfeiture of bonuses or other incentive-based compensation and profits from the sale of an issuer’s securities by directors and senior officers in the twelve-month period following initial publication of any financial statements that later require restatement; a prohibition on insider trading during pension plan black-out periods; disclosure of off-balance sheet transactions; a prohibition on certain loans to directors and officers; expedited filing requirements for Forms 4; disclosure of a code of ethics and filing a Form 8-K for significant changes or waivers of such code; “real time” filing of periodic reports; the formation of a public company accounting oversight board; auditor independence; and various increased criminal penalties for violations of securities laws. The SEC has enacted rules to implement various provisions of SOX.

USA PATRIOT Act

Under the USA PATRIOT Act, all financial institutions are required to take certain measures to identify their customers, prevent money laundering, monitor customer transactions and report suspicious activity to U.S. law enforcement agencies. Financial institutions also are required to respond to requests for information from federal banking regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies. Information sharing among financial institutions for the above purposes is encouraged by an exemption granted to complying financial institutions from the privacy provisions of GLBA and other privacy laws. Financial institutions that hold correspondent accounts for foreign banks or provide private banking services to foreign individuals are required to take measures to avoid dealing with certain foreign individuals or entities, including foreign banks with profiles that raise money laundering concerns, and are prohibited from dealing with foreign “shell banks” and persons from jurisdictions of particular concern. The primary federal banking regulators and the Secretary of the Treasury have adopted regulations to implement several of these provisions. All financial institutions are also required to establish internal anti-money laundering programs. The effectiveness of a financial institution in combating money laundering activities is a factor to be considered in any application submitted by the financial institution under the Bank Merger Act or the BHCA. Salisbury has in place a Bank Secrecy Act and USA PATRIOT Act compliance program, and engages in very few transactions of any kind with foreign financial institutions or foreign persons.

Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws

Salisbury has a responsibility under the CRA to help meet the credit needs of our communities, including low and moderate-income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institution’s discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. In connection with its examination, the FDIC assesses the Bank’s record of compliance with the CRA. In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit discrimination in lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The Bank’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on our activities. The Bank’s failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions against the Bank by the FDIC as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice. The Bank’s most recent FDIC CRA rating was “satisfactory”.

The Electronic Funds Transfer Act, Regulation E and Related Laws

The Electronic Funds Transfer Act (the “EFTA”) provides a basic framework for establishing the rights, liabilities, and responsibilities of consumers who use electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) systems. The EFTA is implemented by the Federal Reserve's Regulation E, which governs transfers initiated through ATMs, point-of-sale terminals, payroll cards, automated clearing house (“ACH”) transactions, telephone bill-payment plans, or remote banking services. Regulation E requires consumers to opt in (affirmatively consent) to participation in a bank's overdraft service program for ATM and one-time debit card transactions before overdraft fees may be assessed on the consumer’s account. Notice of the opt-in right must be provided to all new customers who are consumers, and the customer's affirmative consent must be obtained, before charges may be assessed on the consumer's account for paying such overdrafts.

Regulation E also provides bank customers with an ongoing right to revoke consent to participation in an overdraft service program for ATM and one-time debit card transactions and prohibits banks from conditioning the payment of overdrafts for checks, ACH transactions, or other types of transactions that overdraw the consumer's account on the consumer's opting into an overdraft service for ATM and one-time debit card transactions. For customers who do not affirmatively consent to overdraft service for ATM and one-time debit card transactions, a bank must provide those customers with the same account terms, conditions, and features that it provides to consumers who do affirmatively consent, except for the overdraft service for ATM and one-time debit card transactions. Salisbury does not allow consumers to opt in, as one time point-of-sale or ATM transactions cannot overdraw an account in which an overdraft fee is assessed.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

The Consolidated Financial Statements and their Notes presented within this document have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollar amounts without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of Salisbury’s operations. Unlike the assets and liabilities of industrial companies, nearly all of the assets and liabilities of Salisbury are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on Salisbury’s performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.

11
 

Availability of Securities and Exchange Commission Filings

Salisbury makes available free of charge on its website (www.salisburybank.com) a link to its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as soon as practicable after such reports are electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Such reports filed with the SEC are also available on its website (www.sec.gov). The public may also read and copy any materials filed with the SEC at the SEC’s Public Reference Room, 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. Information about accessing company filings can be obtained by calling 1-800-SEC-0330. Information on Salisbury’s website is not incorporated by reference into this report. Investors are encouraged to access these reports and the other information about Salisbury’s business and operations on its website. Copies of these filings may also be obtained from Salisbury free of charge upon request.

Guide 3 Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies

The following information required by Securities Act Guide 3 “Statistical Disclosure by Bank Holding Companies” is located on the pages noted below.

    Page
I. Distribution of Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differentials 19-20
II. Investment Portfolio 25, 47-49
III. Loan Portfolio 25-30, 50-56
IV. Summary of Loan Loss Experience 21-22, 54-56
V. Deposits 30, 58
VI. Return on Equity and Assets 17
VII. Short-Term Borrowings 30, 58

Item 1A. RISK FACTORS

Salisbury is the registered bank holding company for the Bank, its wholly-owned subsidiary. Salisbury's activity is currently limited to the holding of the Bank's outstanding capital stock, and the Bank is Salisbury's primary investment.

An investment in Salisbury common stock entails certain risks. Salisbury considers the most significant factors affecting risk in Salisbury common stock as those that are set forth below. These are not the only risks of an investment in Salisbury common stock, and none of the factors set forth below relates to the personal circumstances of individual investors. Investors should read this entire Form 10-K, as well as other documents and exhibits that are incorporated by reference in the 10-K and that have been filed with the SEC, in order to better understand these risks and to evaluate investment in Salisbury common stock.

Changes in interest rates and spreads could have a negative impact on earnings.

Salisbury’s earnings and financial condition are dependent to a large degree upon net interest income, which is the difference between interest earned from loans and investments and interest paid on deposits and borrowings. The narrowing of interest rate spreads, meaning the difference between interest rates earned on loans and investments, and the interest rates paid on deposits and borrowings, could adversely affect Salisbury’s earnings and financial condition. Salisbury cannot predict with certainty or control changes in interest rates. Global, national, regional, and local economic conditions and the policies of regulatory authorities, including monetary policies of the FRB, affect interest income and interest expense. Salisbury has ongoing policies and procedures designed to manage the risks associated with changes in market interest rates.

However, changes in interest rates still may have an adverse effect on Salisbury’s profitability. For example, high interest rates could also affect the volume o f loans that Salisbury originates, because higher rates could cause customers to apply for fewer mortgages, or cause depositors to shift funds from accounts that have a comparatively lower rate, to accounts with a higher rate or experience customer attrition due to competitor pricing or disintermediation. If the cost of interest-bearing deposits increases at a rate greater than the yields on interest-earning assets increase, net interest income will be negatively affected. Changes in the asset and liability mix may also affect net interest income. Similarly, lower interest rates cause higher yielding assets to prepay and floating or adjustable rate assets to reset to lower rates. If Salisbury is not able to reduce its funding costs sufficiently, due to either competitive factors or the maturity schedule of existing liabilities, then Salisbury’s net interest margin will decline.

Weakness in the markets for residential or commercial real estate, including the secondary residential mortgage loan markets, could reduce Salisbury’s net income and profitability.

Declines in home prices, increases in delinquency and default rates, and constrained secondary credit markets affect the mortgage industry generally. Salisbury’s financial results may be adversely affected by changes in real estate values. Decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral for loans and investments. If poor economic conditions result in decreased demand for real estate loans, Salisbury’s net income and profits may decrease.

Weakness in the secondary market for residential lending could have an adverse impact upon Salisbury’s profitability. The effects of ongoing mortgage market challenges, combined with the ongoing correction in residential real estate market prices and reduced levels of home sales, could result in further price reductions in single family home values, adversely affecting the value of collateral securing mortgage loans held, mortgage loan originations and gains on sale of mortgage loans. Declines in real estate values and home sales volumes, and financial stress on borrowers as a result of job losses, or other factors, could have further adverse effects on borrowers that result in higher delinquencies and greater charge-offs in future periods beyond that which is provided for in Salisbury’s allowance for loan losses, which would adversely affect Salisbury’s financial condition or results of operations.

Fluctuations in economic conditions and collateral values could impact the adequacy of Salisbury’s allowance for loan losses may be insufficient.

Salisbury’s business is subject to periodic fluctuations based on national and local economic conditions. These fluctuations are not predictable, cannot be controlled and may have a material adverse impact on Salisbury’s operations and financial condition. For example, declines in housing activity including declines in building permits, housing sales and home prices may make it more difficult for Salisbury’s borrowers to sell their homes or refinance their debt. Slow sales could strain the resources of real estate developers and builders. The ongoing economic uncertainty has affected employment levels and could impact the ability of Salisbury’s borrowers to service their debt. Bank regulatory agencies also periodically review Salisbury’s allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for credit losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses Salisbury will need additional provisions to increase the allowance for loan losses. Any increases in the allowance for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly, capital, and may have a material adverse effect on Salisbury’s financial condition and results of operations. Salisbury may suffer higher loan losses as a result of these factors and the resulting impact on its borrowers.

12
 

Credit market conditions may impact Salisbury’s investments.

Significant credit market anomalies may impact the valuation and liquidity of Salisbury’s investment securities. The problems of numerous financial institutions have reduced market liquidity, increased normal bid-asked spreads and increased the uncertainty of market participants. Such illiquidity could reduce the market value of Salisbury’s investments, even those with no apparent credit exposure. The valuation of Salisbury’s investments requires judgment and as market conditions change investment values may also change.

If all, or a significant portion, of the unrealized losses in Salisbury’s portfolio of investment securities were determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, Salisbury would recognize a material charge to its earnings and its capital ratios would be adversely impacted.

As of December 31, 2013, Salisbury had $0.4 million of after-tax unrealized gains associated with its portfolio of securities available-for-sale, compared with $2.9 million of after-tax unrealized gains at December 31, 2012. Fair values of securities are supplied by third-party sources.

Management must assess whether unrealized losses are other-than-temporary and relies on data supplied by third-party sources to do so. The determination of whether a decline in fair value is other-than-temporary considers numerous factors, many of which involve significant judgment.

To the extent that any portion of the unrealized losses in Salisbury’s portfolio of investment securities is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, Salisbury will recognize a charge to its earnings in the quarter during which such determination is made and its earnings and capital ratios will be adversely impacted. Salisbury did not recognize any other-than-temporary impairment losses in 2013.

If the goodwill that Salisbury has recorded in connection with its acquisitions becomes impaired, it could have a negative impact on Salisbury’s profitability.

Applicable accounting standards require that the purchase method of accounting be used for all business combinations. Under purchase accounting, if the purchase price of an acquired company exceeds the fair value of the acquired company’s net assets, the excess is carried on the acquirer’s balance sheet as goodwill. At December 31, 2013, Salisbury had $9.8 million of goodwill on its balance sheet. Salisbury must evaluate goodwill for impairment at least annually. Write-downs of the amount of any impairment, if necessary, are to be charged to the results of operations in the period in which the impairment occurs. There can be no assurance that future evaluations of goodwill will not result in findings of impairment and related write-downs, which may have a material adverse effect on Salisbury’s financial condition and results of operations.

Salisbury’s ability to pay dividends substantially depends upon its receipt of dividends from the Bank.

Cash dividends from the Bank and Salisbury’s liquid assets are the principal sources of funds for paying cash dividends on Salisbury’s common stock and preferred stock. Unless Salisbury receives dividends from the Bank or chooses to use its liquid assets, it may not be able to pay dividends. Salisbury must pay dividends on its preferred stock before it may pay dividends on its common stock. The Bank’s ability to pay dividends to Salisbury is subject to its condition and profitability as well as its regulatory requirements.

Strong competition within Salisbury’s market areas may limit growth and profitability.

Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. Salisbury competes with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. As Salisbury grows, it may expand into contiguous market areas where it may not be as well-known as other institutions that have been operating in those areas for some time. In addition, larger banking institutions may become increasingly active in Salisbury’s market areas, may have substantially greater resources and lending limits and may offer certain services that Salisbury does not, or cannot efficiently, provide. Salisbury’s profitability depends upon its continued ability to successfully compete in its market areas. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some competitors may limit its ability to grow profitably.

Salisbury and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision.

Salisbury and the Bank are subject to extensive federal and state regulation and supervision. Banking regulations are primarily intended to protect depositors’ funds, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking system as a whole, not Shareholders. These regulations affect Salisbury’s lending practices, capital structure, investment practices, and dividend policy and growth, among other things. State and federal legislatures and regulatory agencies continually review banking laws, regulations and policies for possible changes. Changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies, including changes in interpretation or implementation of statutes, regulations or policies, could affect Salisbury in substantial and unpredictable ways. Such changes could subject Salisbury to additional costs, limit the types of financial services and products it may offer and/or increase the ability of non-banks to offer competing financial services and products, among other things. Failure to comply with laws, regulations or policies could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies, civil money penalties and/or reputation damage, which could have a material adverse effect on Salisbury’s business, financial condition and results of operations. While Salisbury has policies and procedures designed to prevent any such violations, there can be no assurance that such violations will not occur. See the section captioned “Supervision and Regulation” in Item 1 of this report for further information.

13
 

Salisbury’s stock price may be volatile.

Salisbury’s stock is inactively traded and its stock price may fluctuate widely in response to a variety of factors including:

Actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results
Recommendations by securities analysts
New technology used, or services offered, by competitors
Significant acquisitions or business combinations, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by or involving Salisbury or Salisbury’s competitors
Failure to integrate acquisitions or realize anticipated benefits from acquisitions
Operating and stock price performance of other companies that investors deem comparable to Salisbury
News reports relating to trends, concerns and other issues in the financial services industry
Changes in government regulations
Geopolitical conditions such as acts or threats of terrorism or military conflicts
Extended recessionary environment

General market fluctuations, industry factors and general economic and political conditions and events, such as economic slowdowns or recessions, interest rate changes, credit loss trends or currency fluctuations could also cause Salisbury’s stock price to decrease regardless of Salisbury’s operating results.

Salisbury’s ability to attract and retain skilled personnel may impact its success.

Salisbury’s success depends, in large part, on its ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for people with specialized knowledge and skills can be intense and Salisbury may not be able to hire people or to retain them. The unexpected loss of services of one or more of Salisbury’s key personnel could have a material adverse impact on the business because of their skills, knowledge of the market, years of industry experience and the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel.

Salisbury continually encounters technological change.

The financial services industry is continually undergoing rapid technological change with frequent introductions of new technology-driven products and services. The effective use of technology can increase efficiency and enable financial institutions to better serve customers and to reduce costs. However, some new technologies needed to compete effectively result in incremental operating costs. Salisbury’s future success depends, in part, upon its ability to address the needs of its customers by using technology to provide products and services that will satisfy customer demands, as well as to create additional efficiencies in operations. Many of Salisbury’s competitors have substantially greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Salisbury may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services or be successful in marketing these products and services to its customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial services industry could have a material adverse impact on Salisbury’s business and, in turn, its financial condition and results of operations.

A failure involving controls and procedures may have an adverse effect on Salisbury.

Management regularly reviews and updates Salisbury’s internal controls, disclosure controls and procedures, and corporate governance policies and procedures. Any system of controls, however well designed and operated, is based in part on certain assumptions and can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurances that the objectives of the system are met. Any failure or circumvention of the controls and procedures or failure to comply with regulations related to controls and procedures could have a material adverse effect on Salisbury’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

If customer information was to be misappropriated and used fraudulently, Salisbury could be exposed to potential liability and reputation risk.

Risk of theft of customer information resulting from security breaches by third parties exposes banks to reputation risk and potential monetary loss. Like other financial institutions, Salisbury has exposure to fraudulent misuse of its customers’ personal information resulting from its general business operations through loss or theft of the information and through misappropriation of information by third parties in connection with customer use of financial instruments, such as debit cards.

In addition, Salisbury relies upon a variety of computing platforms and networks over the internet for the purposes of data processing, communications and information exchange. Despite the safeguards instituted by Salisbury, any systems are susceptible to a breach of security. In addition, Salisbury relies on the services of a variety of third party vendors to meet Salisbury’s data processing and communication needs. The occurrence of any failures, interruptions or security breaches of Salisbury’s information systems or that of its vendors could damage Salisbury’s reputation, result in a loss of customer business or expose Salisbury to civil litigation and possible financial loss. Such costs and/or losses could materially impact Salisbury’s earnings.

Changes in accounting standards can materially impact Salisbury’s financial statements.

Salisbury’s accounting policies and methods are fundamental to how Salisbury records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. From time to time, the Financial Accounting Standards Board or regulatory authorities change the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the preparation of Salisbury’s financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how it records and reports its financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, it could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in Salisbury restating prior period financial statements.

Changes and interpretations of tax laws and regulations may adversely impact Salisbury’s financial statements.

Local, state or federal tax authorities may interpret tax laws and regulations differently than Salisbury and challenge tax positions that Salisbury has taken on its tax returns. This may result in the disallowance of deductions or differences in the timing of deductions and result in the payment of additional taxes, interest or penalties that could materially affect Salisbury’s performance.

Unprecedented disruption and significantly increased risk in the financial markets may impact Salisbury.

The banking industry has experienced unprecedented turmoil over recent years as some of the world’s major financial institutions collapsed, were seized or were forced into mergers as the credit markets tightened and the economy headed into a recession. Measures taken by the Government in an effort to stabilize the economy may have unintended consequences, and there can be no assurance that Salisbury will not be impacted by current market uncertainty in a way it cannot currently predict or mitigate. 

 

Item 1B. UNRESOLVED SEC STAFF COMMENTS

None.

14
 
Item 2. PROPERTIES

Salisbury does not own or lease any properties. The properties described below are owned or leased by the Bank. 

The Bank conducts its business at its main office, located at 5 Bissell Street, Lakeville, Connecticut, and through seven full service branch offices located in Canaan, Salisbury and Sharon, Connecticut, Sheffield and South Egremont, Massachusetts, and Dover Plains and Millerton, New York. The Bank recently took steps to establish a new branch in Great Barrington, Massachusetts which will be a leased facility and is expected to open in mid-2014. In addition, the Bank signed an agreement to acquire a branch office (leased facility) and related deposits from another institution in Sharon, Connecticut. The Bank expects to consolidate our existing Sharon office with the new branch following receipt of regulatory approvals and consummation of the transaction later this year. The Bank’s trust and wealth advisory services division is located in a separate building adjacent to the main office of the Bank in Lakeville, Connecticut. The Bank owns its main office and five of its branch offices and currently leases three branch offices.

For additional information, see Note 6, “Bank Premises and Equipment,” and Note 17, “Commitments and Contingent Liabilities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The following table includes all property owned or leased by the Bank, but does not include Other Real Estate Owned.

Offices Location Owned/Leased Lease expiration
Main Office 5 Bissell Street, Lakeville, CT Owned
Trust and Wealth Advisory Services Division 19 Bissell Street, Lakeville, CT Owned
Salisbury Office 18 Main Street, Salisbury, CT Owned
Sharon Office 29 Low Road, Sharon, CT Owned
Canaan Operations 94 Main Street, Canaan, CT Owned
Canaan Office 100 Main Street, Canaan, CT Owned
Millerton Office 87 Main Street, Millerton, NY Owned
South Egremont Office 51 Main Street, South Egremont, MA Leased 9/10/14
Sheffield Office 640 North Main, Street, Sheffield, MA Owned
Gt. Barrington Office 210 Main Street, Gt. Barrington, MA Leased 4/30/29
Dover Plains Office 5 Dover Village Plaza, Dover Plains, NY Leased 8/01/17

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

The Bank is involved in various claims and legal proceedings arising out of the ordinary course of business.

As previously disclosed, the Bank, individually and in its capacity as a former Co-Trustee of the Erling C. Christophersen Revocable Trust (the “Trust”), was named as a defendant in litigation filed in the Connecticut Complex Litigation Docket in Stamford, captioned John Christophersen v. Erling Christophersen, et al., X08-CV-08-5009597S (the “First Action”).  The Bank also was a counterclaim-defendant in related mortgage foreclosure litigation in the Connecticut Complex Litigation Docket in Stamford, captioned Salisbury Bank and Trust Company v. Erling C. Christophersen, et al., X08-CV-10-6005847-S (the “Foreclosure Action,” together with the First Action, the “Actions”).  The other parties to the Actions were John R. Christophersen; Erling C. Christophersen, individually and as Co-Trustee of the Trust; Bonnie Christophersen and Elena Dreiske, individually and as Co-Trustees of the Mildred B. Blount Testamentary Trust; People’s United Bank; Law Offices of Gary Oberst, P.C.; Rhoda Rudnick; and Hinckley Allen & Snyder LLP.

The Actions involved a dispute over title to certain real property located in Westport, Connecticut that was conveyed by Erling Christophersen, as grantor, to the Trust on or about August 8, 2007.  Subsequent to this conveyance, the Bank loaned $3,386,609 to the Trust, which was secured by a commercial mortgage in favor of the Bank on the Westport property.  This mortgage is the subject of the Foreclosure Action brought by the Bank.

As previously disclosed, John R. Christophersen claimed an interest in the Westport real property transferred to the Trust and sought to quiet title to the property and to recover money damages from the defendants for the alleged wrongful divestiture of his claimed interest in the property.

On June 25, 2012, the Bank and John R. Christophersen entered into a Settlement Agreement which resolved all differences between John R. Christophersen and the Bank, and resulted in the withdrawal (with prejudice) of the claims made by John R. Christophersen.  All claims against the Bank have been withdrawn and the Bank is no longer a defendant or counterclaim defendant in any litigation involving the Actions.  As an additional consequence of the Settlement Agreement, Bonnie Christophersen, Elena Dreiske and People’s United Bank are no longer parties to any of the litigation referenced above.

On July 27, 2012, Erling Christophersen filed a Motion to Restore the First Action, and on October 15, 2012 filed a Motion to Stay the Foreclosure Action pending resolution of the Motion to Restore. The Bank opposed both motions. On February 1, 2013, the Court issued orders denying both motions. On February 14, 2013, Erling Christophersen appealed the orders denying his Motion to Restore the First Action, and Motion to Stay the Foreclosure Action. 

The Appellate Court dismissed the appeal of the Foreclosure Action in May 2013, and later denied Erling Christophersen’s motion for reconsideration of its decision. The Bank continues to proceed in its Foreclosure Action against Erling Christophersen.  Erling Christophersen asserted two special defenses and set-off claims alleging (1) that the Bank failed to defend the title claims against the properties, and (2) that the Bank took certain trustee fees without approval. The Bank moved to strike the special defenses and set off claims. In a decision issued on November 6, 2013, the court granted the motion to strike as to the second special defense and set off, but denied the motion as to the first special defense and set off. Trial began on February 4, 2014, and concluded on February 14, 2014. Post-trial briefs are due in mid-April, 2014, and a decision is expected thereafter.

Erling Christophersen’s appeal of the order denying his Motion to Restore the First Action remains pending, and was heard by the Appellate Court on March 10, 2014. The Court has now taken the matter under advisement and next it will write an opinion disposing of the appeal.

There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incident to the registrant’s business, to which Salisbury is a party or of which any of its property is subject.

15
 
Item 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

 

PART II

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASED ON EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

For the information required by this item see “Note 22 - Selected Quarterly Consolidated Financial Data (Unaudited)” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Holders

There were approximately 1,713 holders of record of the common stock of Salisbury as of March 1, 2014. This number includes brokerage firms and other financial institutions that hold stock in their name, but which is actually beneficially owned by third parties.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

For the information required by this item see “Note 14 – Directors Stock Retainer Plan and Long Term Incentive Plan” of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Dividends

For a discussion of Salisbury's dividend policy and restrictions on dividends see "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" under the caption "Dividends”.

16
 
Item 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The following table contains certain information concerning the financial position and results of operations of Salisbury at the dates and for the periods indicated. This information should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes.

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

(in thousands, except ratios and per share amounts)

At or for the years ended December 31,     2013       2012       2011       2010       2009  
Statement of Income                                        
Interest and dividend income   $ 21,750     $ 22,658     $ 24,044     $ 24,656     $ 25,866  
Interest expense     3,062       4,282       5,559       7,497       9,032  
Net interest and dividend income     18,688       18,376       18,485       17,159       16,834  
Provision for loan losses     1,066       1,070       1,440       1,000       985  
Trust and wealth advisory     3,074       2,945       2,548       2,102       1,978  
Service charges and fees     2,298       2,189       2,090       2,006       1,725  
Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net     579       1,596       687       816       488  
Mortgage servicing, net     35       (21 )     65       97       80  
Gains on securities, net           279       11       16       473  
Other-than-temporary impairment losses, net                             (1,128 )
Other     319       326       255       270       459  
Non-interest income     6,305       7,314       5,656       5,307       4,075  
Non-interest expense     18,935       19,554       17,639       17,113       17,506  
Income before income taxes     4,992       5,066       5,062       4,353       2,418  
Income tax provision (benefit)     909       989       950       693       (49 )
Net income     4,083       4,077       4,112       3,660       2,467  
Net income available to common shareholders     3,922       3,861       3,588       3,198       2,102  
Financial Condition                                        
Total assets   $ 587,109     $ 600,813     $ 609,284     $ 575,470     $ 562,347  
Loans receivable, net     438,178       388,758       370,766       352,449       327,257  
Allowance for loan losses     4,683       4,360       4,076       3,920       3,473  
Securities     99,831       132,034       161,876       153,510       151,125  
Deposits     477,369       491,215       471,306       430,289       418,203  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances     30,411       31,980       54,615       72,812       76,364  
Repurchase agreements     2,554       1,784       12,148       13,190       11,415  
Total shareholders' equity     72,790       71,997       66,862       55,016       52,355  
Non-performing assets     7,549       10,104       10,820       10,751       7,720  
Per Common Share Data                                        
Earnings, diluted and basic   $ 2.30     $ 2.28     $ 2.12     $ 1.90     $ 1.25  
Cash dividends paid     1.12       1.12       1.12       1.12       1.12  
Tangible book value     27.12       26.85       23.69       20.81       19.12  
Statistical Data                                        
Net interest margin (taxable equivalent)     3.57 %     3.45 %     3.51 %     3.37 %     3.51 %
Efficiency ratio (taxable equivalent)     70.70       69.38       68.16       71.51       74.38  
Effective tax rate     18.21       19.49       18.80       15.92       (2.03 )
Return on average assets     0.66       0.64       0.61       0.56       0.39  
Return on average common shareholders' equity     7.01       7.22       7.26       6.93       5.18  
Dividend payout ratio     48.83       49.02       52.70       59.09       89.60  
Allowance for loan losses to loans receivable, gross     1.06       1.11       1.09       1.10       1.05  
Non-performing assets to total assets     1.29       1.68       1.78       1.87       1.37  
Tier 1 leverage capital     10.65       9.87       9.45       8.39       8.39  
Total risk-based capital     16.46       16.63       15.97       13.91       12.86  
Weighted average common shares outstanding, diluted     1,691       1,690       1,689       1,687       1,686  
Common shares used to calculate diluted earnings per common share     1,691       1,690       1,689       1,688       1,687  

 

17
 
Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS

Salisbury, a Connecticut corporation, formed in 1998, is the bank holding company for the Bank, a Connecticut-chartered and FDIC insured commercial bank headquartered in Lakeville, Connecticut. Salisbury's principal business consists of the business of the Bank. The Bank, formed in 1848, is engaged in customary banking activities, including general deposit taking and lending activities to both retail and commercial markets, and trust and wealth advisory services. The Bank conducts its banking business from eight full-service offices in the towns of Canaan, Lakeville, Salisbury and Sharon, Connecticut, South Egremont and Sheffield, Massachusetts, and, Dover Plains and Millerton, New York, and its trust and wealth advisory services from offices in Lakeville, Connecticut. The Bank recently took steps to establish a new branch in Great Barrington, Massachusetts. In January 2014 the Bank signed an agreement to acquire a branch office and related deposits from another institution in Sharon, Connecticut and expects to consolidate its existing Sharon office with such new branch following receipt of regulatory approvals and consummation of the transaction later this year.

Additionally on March 19, 2014, Salisbury announced the execution of a definitive agreement and plan of merger with Riverside Bank, headquartered in Poughkeepsie, New York with three offices in Dutchess County and a branch office in Orange County, New York, in an all-stock transaction pursuant to which Riverside Bank will merge into Salisbury Bank and Trust Company. Upon consummation of such transaction, the combined organization expected to have approximately $850 million in total assets, $630 million in total loans and $730 million in total deposits with 13 branch locations in Connecticut, Massachusetts and New York. The transaction is subject to approval by the shareholders of Salisbury and Riverside, as well as regulatory approvals. The transaction is expected to close in the third or fourth calendar quarter of 2014. (Please refer to the note at the conclusion of this Management Discussion and Analysis for “Additional Information and Where to Find it” regarding this matter.)

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Salisbury’s consolidated financial statements follow GAAP as applied to the banking industry in which it operates. Application of these principles requires management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements. These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, the financial statements could reflect different estimates, assumptions and judgments and as such have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported. Estimates, assumptions and judgments are necessary when assets and liabilities are required to be recorded at fair value, when a decline in the value of an asset not carried at fair value warrants an impairment write-down or valuation reserve to be established, or when an asset or liability needs to be recorded contingent upon a future event.

Salisbury’s significant accounting policies are presented in Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements and, along with this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, provide information on how significant assets are valued in the financial statements and how those values are determined. Management believes that the following accounting estimates are the most critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating Salisbury’s reported financial results, and they require management’s most difficult, subjective or complex judgments, resulting from the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain.

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting estimate because it requires significant judgment and the use of estimates related to the amount and timing of expected future cash flows on impaired loans, estimated losses on pools of homogeneous loans based on historical loss experience, and consideration of current economic trends and conditions, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. The loan portfolio also represents the largest asset type on the balance sheet. Note 1 describes the methodology used to determine the allowance for loan losses. A discussion of the factors driving changes in the amount of the allowance for loan losses are included in the “Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses” section of Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

Management evaluates goodwill and identifiable intangible assets for impairment annually using valuation techniques that involve estimates for discount rates, projected future cash flows and time period calculations, all of which are susceptible to change based on changes in economic conditions and other factors. Future events or changes in the estimates, which are used to determine the carrying value of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets or which otherwise adversely affects their value or estimated lives could have a material adverse impact on the results of operations.

Management evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment giving consideration to the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, estimates of future cash flows, delinquencies and default severity, and the intent and ability of Salisbury to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. The consideration of the above factors is subjective and involves estimates and assumptions about matters that are inherently uncertain. Should actual factors and conditions differ materially from those used by management, the actual realization of gains or losses on investment securities could differ materially from the amounts recorded in the financial statements.

The determination of the obligation and expense for pension and other postretirement benefits is dependent on certain assumptions used in calculating such amounts. Key assumptions used in the actuarial valuations include the discount rate, expected long-term rate of return on plan assets and rates of increase in compensation and health care costs. Actual results could differ from the assumptions and market driven rates may fluctuate. Significant differences in actual experience or significant changes in the assumptions may materially affect the future pension and other postretirement obligations and expense.

OVERVIEW

Net income available to common shareholders was $3,922,000, or $2.30 per common share, for 2013, compared with $3,861,000 or $2.28 per common share for 2012. Selected 2013 highlights are as follows:

· Earnings per common share increased $0.02, or 0.9%, to $2.30.
· Earnings per common share excluding one-time fourth quarter expenses related to strategic initiatives of $202,000 (net of taxes), or $0.12 per share, would have been $2.42 per share or an increase of $0.14 (+6%) compared to 2012.
· Tax equivalent net interest income increased $429,000, or 2.2%.
· Non-interest expense decreased $619,000, or 3.2%. Preferred stock dividends were $161,000, versus $240,000 for 2012.

The following discussion and analysis of Salisbury's consolidated results of operations should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and footnotes.

18
 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

Net Interest and Dividend Income

Net interest and dividend income (presented on a tax-equivalent basis) increased $429,000 in 2013 over 2012. The net interest margin in creased 12 basis points to 3.57% from 3.45%, due to a 2 6 basis point decline in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities, offset partially by a 9 basis point decline in the average yield on interest-earning assets. The net interest margin is affected by changes in the mix of interest-earning assets and funding liabilities, asset and liability growth, and the effects of changes in market interest rates on the pricing and re-pricing of assets and liabilities. The following table sets forth the components of Salisbury's net interest income and yields on average interest-earning assets and interest-bearing funds. Income and yields on tax-exempt securities are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis.

Years ended December 31,   Average Balance   Income / Expense   Average Yield / Rate
(dollars in thousands)     2013       2012       2011       2013       2012       2011       2013       2012       2011  
Loans (a)(d)   $ 419,193     $ 381,886     $ 367,342     $ 18,250     $ 18,153     $ 18,666       4.35 %     4.75 %     5.08 %
Securities (c)(d)     106,603       134,817       144,021       4,650       5,506       6,258       4.36       4.08       4.35  
FHLBB stock     5,417       5,801       6,032       21       30       24       0.39       0.51       0.40  
Short term funds (b)     26,281       41,854       39,185       67       90       127       0.25       0.21       0.32  
Total earning assets     557,494       564,358       556,580       22,988       23,779       25,075       4.12       4.21       4.51  
Other assets     37,966       40,444       35,360                                                  
Total assets   $ 595,460     $ 604,802     $ 591,940                                                  
Interest-bearing demand deposits   $ 75,185     $ 65,953     $ 64,625       278       353       437       0.37       0.54       0.68  
Money market accounts     128,951       128,619       108,983       330       420       530       0.26       0.33       0.49  
Savings and other     106,224       99,528       96,317       206       281       379       0.19       0.28       0.39  
Certificates of deposit     88,352       98,974       111,042       999       1,360       1,819       1.13       1.37       1.64  
Total interest-bearing deposits     398,712       393,074       380,967       1,813       2,414       3,165       0.45       0.61       0.83  
Repurchase agreements     3,035       5,879       12,510       6       23       63       0.19       0.39       0.50  
FHLBB advances     31,176       43,605       57,126       1,243       1,845       2,331       3.93       4.16       4.08  
Total interest-bearing liabilities     432,923       442,558       450,603       3,062       4,282       5,559       0.71       0.97       1.23  
Demand deposits     84,416       84,385       77,577                                                  
Other liabilities     6,162       8,391       3,569                                                  
Shareholders’ equity     71,959       69,468       60,191                                                  
Total liabilities & shareholders’ equity   $ 595,460     $ 604,802     $ 591,940                                                  
Net interest income                           $ 19,926     $ 19,497     $ 19,516                          
Spread on interest-bearing funds                                                     3.41       3.25       3.27  
Net interest margin (e)                                                     3.57       3.45       3.51  
  (a) Includes non-accrual loans.
  (b) Includes interest-bearing deposits in other banks and federal funds sold.
(c) Average balances of securities are based on amortized cost.
  (d) Includes tax exempt income of $1,238,000, $1,121,000 and $1,031,000, respectively for 2013, 2012 and 2011 on tax-exempt securities and loans whose income and yields are calculated on a tax-equivalent basis.
  (e) Net interest income divided by average interest-earning assets.

 

19
 

The following table sets forth the changes in net interest income (presented on a tax-equivalent basis) due to volume and rate.

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)   2013 versus 2012   2012 versus 2011
Change in interest due to     Volume       Rate       Net       Volume       Rate       Net  
Loans   $ 1,699     $ (1,602 )   $ 97     $ 715     $ (1,228 )   $ (513 )
Securities     (1,191 )     335       (856 )     (388 )     (364 )     (752 )
FHLBB stock     (2 )     (7 )     (9 )     (1 )     7       6  
Short term funds     (37 )     14       (23 )     7       (44 )     (37 )
Interest-earning assets     469       (1,260 )     (791 )     333       (1,629 )     (1,296 )
Deposits     (74 )     (527 )     (601 )     (83 )     (668 )     (751 )
Repurchase agreements     (8 )     (9 )     (17 )     (30 )     (10 )     (40 )
FHLBB advances     (511 )     (91 )     (602 )     (562 )     76       (486 )
Interest-bearing liabilities     (593 )     (627 )     (1,220 )     (675 )     (602 )     (1,277 )
Net change in net interest income   $ 1,062     $ (633 )   $ 429     $ 1,008     $ (1,027 )   $ (19 )

Net interest and dividend income represents the difference between interest and dividends earned on loans and securities and interest expense incurred on deposits and borrowings. The level of net interest income is a function of volume, rates and mix of both earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income can be affected by changes in interest rate levels, changes in the volume of assets and liabilities that are subject to re-pricing within different future time periods, and in the level of non-performing assets.

Interest and Dividend Income

Tax equivalent interest and dividend income decreased $0.8 million, or 3.3%, to $23.0 million in 2013. Loan income increased $97,000, or 0.5%, primarily due to a $37.3 million, or 9.8%, increase in average loans. This increase in volume was partially offset by a 40 basis point decline in average yield, due to lower market interest rates and their effect on new loan rates, loan re-pricing and loan re-financing activity in 2013.

Tax equivalent interest and dividend income from securities decreased $856,000, or 15.5%, in 2013, as a result of a $28.2 million decrease in average security balances, offset partially by a 28 basis point increase in average yield. Contributing factors to the higher yield includes the maturity, call or pay down of lower yielding securities resulting in a remaining mix of higher yielding securities in the portfolio. Interest from short term funds decreased $23,000 in 2013 as a result of a $15.6 million decrease in average short term balances, which was offset partially by a 4 basis points increase in average yield.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $1.2 million, or 28.5%, to $3.1 million in 2013 primarily as a result of decreases in deposit rates and maturities, and prepayments in the prior period of FHLBB advances, offset in part by higher average balances of interest bearing deposits.

Interest expense on interest bearing deposit accounts decreased $601,000, or 24.9%, in 2013, as a result of a 16 basis point decline in the average rate, to 0.45%, offset in part by a $5.6 million, or 1.4%, increase in average interest bearing deposits. The decline in average rate was due to the decline in interest rates and changes in product mix. Interest on retail repurchase agreements decreased $17,000, or 73.9%, as a result of a 20 basis point decline in average rate, to 0.19%, while the average balance decreased $2.8 million.

Interest expense on FHLBB advances decreased $602,000, or 32.6%, due to a $12.4 million, or 28.5%, decrease in average advances as a result of scheduled maturities in the current period and prepayment of an advance at the end of 2012. The average borrowing rate decreased to 3.93% from 4.16%.

20
 

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses was $1,066,000 for 2013, compared with $1,070,000 for 2012. Net loan charge-offs were $743,000 and $786,000, for the respective years. The lower provision for loan losses was supported by lower net charge-offs of non-performing loans. The following table sets forth changes in the allowance for loan losses and other statistical data:

Years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)     2013       2012       2011       2010       2009  
Balance, beginning of period   $ 4,360     $ 4,076     $ 3,920     $ 3,473     $ 2,724  
Provision (benefit) or loan losses     1,066       1,070       1,440       1,000       985  
Real estate mortgages     (700 )     (573 )     (985 )     (437 )     (106 )
Commercial & industrial     (4 )     (222 )     (180 )     (95 )     (82 )
Consumer     (70 )     (91 )     (201 )     (50 )     (78 )
Charge-offs     (774 )     (886 )     (1,366 )     (582 )     (266 )
Real estate mortgages     6       36       26              
Commercial & industrial     1       38       29             4  
Consumer     24       26       27       29       26  
Recoveries     31       100       82       29       30  
Net (charge-offs) recoveries     (743 )     (786 )     (1,284 )     (553 )     (236 )
Balance, end of period   $ 4,683     $ 4,360     $ 4,076     $ 3,920     $ 3,473  
Loans receivable, gross   $ 441,679     $ 392,086     $ 373,838     $ 355,547     $ 330,144  
Non-performing loans     7,172       9,860       8,076       10,141       7,445  
Accruing loans past due 30-89 days     5,374       5,629       2,460       1,917       4,098  
Ratio of allowance for loan losses:                                        
to loans receivable, gross     1.06 %     1.11 %     1.09 %     1.10 %     1.05 %
to non-performing loans     65.30       44.22       50.47       38.65       46.65  
Ratio of non-performing loans:                                        
to loans receivable, gross     1.62       2.51       2.16       2.84       2.25  
Ratio of accruing loans past due 30-89 days:                                        
to loans receivable, gross     1.22       1.44       0.66       0.54       1.24  

The reserve coverage at December 31, 2013, as measured by the ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans, was 1.06%, as compared with 1.11% at December 31, 2012. Non-performing loans (non-accrual loans and accruing loans past-due 90 days or more) decreased $2.7 million to $7.2 million, or 1.62% of gross loans receivable, at December 31, 2013, down from 2.51% at December 31, 2012, while accruing loans past due 30-89 days decreased $0.2 million to $5.4 million, or 1.22% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2013. See “Financial Condition – Loan Credit Quality” below for further discussion and analysis.

The credit quality segments of loans receivable and the allowance for loan losses are as follows:

  December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012   December 31, 2011
(in thousands)     Loans       Allowance       Loans       Allowance       Loans       Allowance  
Performing loans   $ 416,734     $ 2,835     $ 364,594     $ 2,567     $ 346,302     $ 2,436  
Potential problem loans     8,687       282       8,345       246       7,289       234  
Collectively evaluated     425,421       3,117       372,939       2,813       353,591       2,670  
Performing loans     157       69       121       52       819       35  
Potential problem loans     429       19       2,464       131       6,750       255  
Impaired loans     15,672       1,053       16,562       924       12,678       874  
Individually evaluated     16,258       1,141       19,147       1,107       20,247       1,164  
Unallocated allowance           425             440             242  
Totals   $ 441,679     $ 4,683     $ 392,086     $ 4,360     $ 373,838     $ 4,076  

The following table sets forth the allocation of the allowance for loan losses among the broad categories of the loan portfolio and the percentage of loans in each category to total loans. Although the allowance has been allocated among loan categories for purposes of the table, it is important to recognize that the allowance is applicable to the entire portfolio. Furthermore, future charge-offs may not necessarily occur in these amounts or proportions.

21
 

Years ended December 31, 2013 2012 2011 2010 2009
(dollars in thousands)(a) Allowance Loans   Allowance Loans   Allowance Loans   Allowance Loans   Allowance Loans  
Residential $ 1,545 54.34 % $ 1,477 52.87 % $ 1,097 52.47 % $ 1,115 50.56 % $ 488 50.91 %
Commercial 1,385 23.04   1,059 23.45   1,139 23.81   1,152 22.83   1,428 20.65  
Construction, land &                    
land development 226 2.11   300 2.71   409 4.75   400 7.39   233 8.61  
Home equity credit 393 7.92   457 9.03   382 9.27   361 9.61   397 10.18  
Real estate secured 3,549 87.41   3,293 88.06   3,027 90.30   3,028 90.39   2,546 90.35  
Commercial & industrial 561 10.72   499 9.94   704 7.85   592 8.29   630 7.97  
Consumer 105 0.87   92 1.09   79 1.20   164 1.32   117 1.38  
Municipal 43 1.00   36 0.91   24 0.65      
General unallocated 425   440   242   136   180  
Total allowance $ 4,683 100.00 % $ 4,360 100.00 % $ 4,076 100.00 % $ 3,920 100.00 % $ 3,473 100.00 %

(a) Percent of loans in each category to total loans.

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the reporting date. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to earnings and by recoveries of amounts previously charged off, and is reduced by loan charge-offs. Loan charge-offs are recognized when management determines a loan, or portion of a loan, to be uncollectible. The allowance for loan losses is computed by segregating the portfolio into three components: (1) loans collectively evaluated for impairment: general loss allocation factors for non-impaired loans are segmented into pools of loans based on similar risk characteristics such as loan product, collateral type and loan-to-value, loan risk rating, historical loss experience, delinquency factors and other similar economic indicators, (2) loans individually evaluated for impairment: individual loss allocations for loans deemed to be impaired based on discounted cash flows or collateral value, and (3) unallocated: general loss allocations for other environmental factors.

Impaired loans and certain potential problem loans, where warranted, are individually evaluated for impairment. Impairment is measured for each individual loan, or for a borrower’s aggregate loan exposure, using either the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, or the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate. An allowance is established when the collateral value or discounted cash flows of the loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

The component of the allowance for loan losses for loans collectively evaluated for impairment is estimated by stratifying loans into segments and credit risk ratings and then applying management’s general loss allocation factors. The general loss allocation factors are based on expected loss experience adjusted for historical loss experience and other qualitative factors, including levels or trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions. The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. There were no significant changes in Salisbury’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2013.

The unallocated component of the allowance is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. It reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

Determining the adequacy of the allowance at any given period is difficult, particularly during deteriorating or uncertain economic periods, and management must make estimates using assumptions and information that are often subjective and changing rapidly. The review of the loan portfolio is a continuing event in light of a changing economy and the dynamics of the banking and regulatory environment. Should the economic climate deteriorate, borrowers could experience difficulty and the level of non-performing loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require increased provisions. In management's judgment, Salisbury remains adequately reserved both against total loans and non-performing loans at December 31, 2013.

Management’s loan risk rating assignments, loss percentages and specific reserves are subjected annually to an independent credit review by an external firm. In addition, the Bank is examined annually on a rotational process by one of its two primary regulatory agencies, the FDIC and CTDOB. As an integral part of their examination process, the FDIC and CTDOB review the Bank's credit risk ratings and allowance for loan losses.

22
 

Non-Interest Income

The following table details the principal categories of non-interest income.

Years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)     2013       2012       2011     2013 vs. 2012   2012 vs. 2011
Trust and wealth advisory   $ 3,074     $ 2,945     $ 2,548     $ 129       4.4 %   $ 397       15.6 %
Service charges and fees     2,298       2,189       2,090       109       5.0       99       4.7  
Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net     579       1,596       687       (1,017 )     (63.7 )     909       132.3  
Mortgage servicing, net     35       (21 )     65       56       266.7       (86 )     (132.3 )
Gains on securities, net           279       11       (279 )     (100.0 )     268       2,436.4  
Bank-owned life insurance     234       258       183       (24 )     (9.3 )     75       41.0  
Other     85       68       72       17       25.0       (4 )     (5.6 )
Total non-interest income   $ 6,305     $ 7,314     $ 5,656     $ (1,009 )     (13.8 )%   $ 1,658       29.3 %

Non-interest income decreased $1.0 million, or 13.8%, in 2013 versus 2012. Trust and Wealth Advisory revenues increased $129,000 primarily due to growth in managed assets; partially offset by decreased estate fee income. Service charges and fees increased $109,000 due to increased interchange and deposit fees. Gains on sales of mortgage loans decreased $1.0 million due to significantly lower mortgage volume of loans sold to the FHLBB Mortgage Partnership Finance Program . Mortgage loans sales totaled $18.4 million in 2013 versus $60.2 million in 2012. Income from servicing of mortgage loans increased $56,000 due primarily to higher servicing fees and periodic impairment benefit posted for 2013. Loans serviced under the FHLBB Mortgage Partnership Finance Program ( MPF) program totaled $146.3 million and $145.9 million at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Gains on securities in 2012 resulted from the sale of a treasury bond. BOLI income decreased $24,000 due to a decrease in the nominal credit rate on the policies.

Non-Interest Expense

The following table details the principal categories of non-interest expense.

Years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)     2013       2012       2011     2013 vs. 2012   2012 vs. 2011
Salaries   $ 7,467     $ 7,149     $ 6,970     $ 318       4.4 %   $ 179       2.6 %
Employee benefits     2,804       2,912       2,493       (108 )     (3.7 )     419       16.8  
Premises and equipment     2,398       2,408       2,330       (10 )     (0.4 )     78       3.3  
Data processing     1,514       1,569       1,410       (55 )     (3.5 )     159       11.3  
Professional fees     1,524       1,212       1,099       312       25.7       113       10.3  
Collections and OREO     519       709       590       (190 )     (26.8 )     119       20.2  
Litigation settlement           400             (400 )     (100.0 )     400       100.0  
FDIC insurance     470       486       596       (16 )     (3.3 )     (110 )     (18.5 )
Marketing and community contributions     393       356       343       37       10.4       13       3.8  
Printing and stationery     205       230       215       (25 )     (10.9 )     15       7.0  
Amortization of intangible assets     222       222       222                          
FHLBB advance prepayment fee           450             (450 )     (100.0 )     450       100.0  
Other     1,419       1,451       1,371       (32 )     (2.2 )     80       5.8  
Non-interest expense   $ 18,935     $ 19,554     $ 17,639     $ (619 )     (3.2 )%   $ 1,915       10.9 %

Non-interest expense decreased $619,000, or 3.2%, in 2013 versus 2012. Salaries increased $318,000 due to changes in staffing levels and mix, and merit increases. Employee benefits decreased $108,000 mainly due to decreased pension plan expense of $786,000, which was mostly offset by higher 401(k) expense and new compensation plan expenses implemented to compensate for the hard freeze placed on the defined benefit pension plan as of December 31, 2012. Premises and equipment decreased $10,000 due primarily to lower equipment, software maintenance and depreciation, offset in part by the disposal of assets related to the renovations to the Millerton drive-up. Data processing decreased $55,000 mostly due to decreased trust data processing / trust tax preparation fees. Professional fees increased $312,000 primarily due to non-recurring expenses related to strategic initiatives and increased investment management fees due to higher volumes of assets under management. Collections and OREO expenses decreased $190,000 due to a change in the accounting for delinquent property taxes, lower collection costs and fewer OREO properties to maintain. FDIC insurance decreased $16,000. The 2012 FHLBB advance prepayment fee of $450,000 resulted from the early prepayment of a $10 million advance due 12/16/2013 with a 4.88% coupon. All other operating expenses decreased $20,000.

Income Taxes

The effective income tax rates for 2013 and 2012 were 18.21% and 19.49%, respectively. Fluctuations in the effective tax rate result from changes in the mix of taxable and tax exempt income. Salisbury’s effective tax rate was less than the 34% federal statutory rate due to tax-exempt income, primarily from municipal bonds, tax advantaged loans and bank-owned life insurance. For further information on income taxes, see Note 11 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

Salisbury did not incur Connecticut income tax in 2013 or 2012, other than minimum state income tax, as a result of its utilization of Connecticut tax legislation that permits banks to shelter certain mortgage income from the Connecticut corporation business tax through the use of a special purpose entity called a PIC. In 2004 Salisbury availed itself of this legislation by forming a PIC, SBT Mortgage Service Corporation. Salisbury's income tax provision reflects the full impact of the Connecticut legislation. Salisbury does not expect to pay other than minimum state income tax in the foreseeable future unless there is a change in Connecticut tax law.

23
 

Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2011

Net Interest and Dividend Income

Net interest and dividend income (presented on a tax-equivalent basis) decreased $19,000 in 2012 over 2011. The net interest margin de creased 6 basis points to 3.45% from 3.51%, due to a 30 basis point decline in the average yield on interest-earning assets and a 2 6 basis points decline in the average cost of interest-bearing liabilities. The net interest margin is affected by changes in the mix of interest-earning assets and funding liabilities, asset and liability growth, and the effects of changes in market interest rates on the pricing and re-pricing of assets and liabilities. Income and yields on tax-exempt securities and loans are presented on a fully taxable equivalent basis.

Interest and Dividend Income

Tax equivalent interest and dividend income decreased $1.3 million, or 5.2%, to $23.8 million in 2012. Loan income decreased $513,000, or 2.7%, primarily due to a 33 basis point decline in average yield, due to lower market interest rates and their effect on new loan rates, loan re-pricing and loan re-financing activity in 2012. This decline in rate was partially offset by a $14.5 million, or 3.9%, increase in average loans.

Tax equivalent interest and dividend income from securities decreased $752,000, or 12.0%, in 2012, as a result of a $9.2 million decrease in average securities, and a 27 basis points decline in average yield, due to lower market interest rates and their effect on new bond yields, bond re-pricing and bond calls in 2012. Interest from short term funds decreased $37,000 in 2012 as a result of an 11 basis points decline in average yield, offset in part by a $2.7 million increase in average short term funds.

Interest Expense

Interest expense decreased $1.3 million, or 23.0%, to $4.3 million in 2012 as a result of decreases in deposit rates and maturities of FHLBB advances, offset in part by higher average interest bearing deposits.

Interest on interest bearing deposit accounts decreased $751,000, or 23.7%, in 2012, as a result of a 22 basis point decline in average rate, to 0.61%, offset in part by a $12.1 million, or 3.2%, increase in average interest bearing deposits. The decline in average rate was due to the decline in interest rates and changes in product mix, as the proportion represented by time deposits decreased to 25.2% from 29.2%, while non-maturity deposits increased to 74.8% from 70.6%. Interest on retail repurchase agreements decreased $40,000, or 63.5%, as a result of an 11 basis point decline in average rate, to 0.39%, while the average balance decreased $6.6 million.

Interest expense on FHLBB advances decreased $486,000, or 20.8%, due to a $13.5 million, or 23.7%, decrease in average advances as a result of scheduled maturities and the early prepayment of a $10 million advance due 12/16/2013 with a 4.88% coupon. The average borrowing rate increased slightly to 4.16%.

Provision and Allowance for Loan Losses

The provision for loan losses was $1,070,000 for 2012, compared with $1,440,000 for 2011. Net loan charge-offs were $786,000 and $1,284,000, for the respective years. Reserve coverage at December 31, 2012, as measured by the ratio of allowance for loan losses to gross loans of 1.11%, was substantially unchanged as compared with 1.09% at December 31, 2011. Non-performing loans (non-accrual loans and accruing loans past-due 90 days or more) increased $1.8 million to $9.9 million, or 2.51% of gross loans receivable, at December 31, 2012, up from 2.16% at December 31, 2011, while accruing loans past due 30-89 days increased $3.2 million to $5.6 million, or 1.44% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2012. See “Financial Condition – Loan Credit Quality” below for further discussion and analysis.

Non-Interest Income

Non-interest income increased $1.7 million, or 29.3%, in 2012 versus 2011. Trust and Wealth Advisory revenues increased $397,000 due to growth in managed assets, higher asset valuations and increased estate fee income. Service charges and fees increased $99,000. Gains on sales of mortgage loans increased $909,000 due to significantly higher loan volume and higher pricing. Mortgage loans sales totaled $60.2 million in 2012 versus $30.9 million in 2011. Income from servicing of mortgage loans decreased $86,000 due primarily to increased mortgage servicing rights amortization expense and lower credit enhancement fees, both attributable to increased loan refinancing activity, offset in part by higher servicing fees. Loans serviced under the FHLBB MPF program totaled $145.9 million and $114.8 million at December 31, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Gains on securities in 2012 resulted from the sale of a treasury bond. BOLI cash surrender value increased $75,000.

Non-Interest Expense

Non-interest expense increased $1.9 million, or 10.9%, in 2012 versus 2011. Salaries increased $179,000 due to changes in staffing levels and mix, and merit increases. Employee benefits increased $419,000 due to increased pension plan expense, up $406,000, that included a curtailment charge of $342,000 for lump sum benefit payments, and higher payroll taxes, while benefit costs remained relatively unchanged. Premises and equipment increased $78,000 due primarily to higher equipment and software maintenance and depreciation, offset in part by lower facilities maintenance and utilities, and the inclusion in 2011 of an expense related to the disposal of assets related to the reorganization of several Bank departments to gain efficiencies. Data processing increased $159,000 mostly due to increased ATM/debit card network processing fees, of $123,000 due to increased transactions volume and to vendor rebates in 2011. Professional fees increased $113,000 primarily due to increased audit and compliance and trust client related investment management services. Collections and OREO expenses increased $119,000 due to increased borrower real estate tax delinquencies, collection related legal fees and OREO carrying costs, offset in part by lower OREO write-downs, which were $123,000 and $231,000, respectively, for 2012 and 2011. The 2012 litigation settlement of $400,000 has enabled Salisbury to proceed with a foreclosure action against a non-performing loan. FDIC insurance decreased $110,000 as a result of the change in the assessment method in mid-2011. The 2012 FHLBB advance prepayment fee of $450,000 resulted from the early prepayment of a $10.0 million advance due 12/16/2013 with a 4.88% coupon. All other operating expenses increased $108,000.

Income Taxes

The effective income tax rates for 2012 and 2011 were 19.49% and 18.80%, respectively. Fluctuations in the effective tax rate result from changes in the mix of taxable and tax exempt income. Salisbury’s effective tax rate was less than the 34% federal statutory rate due to tax-exempt income, primarily from municipal bonds and bank-owned life insurance. Salisbury did not incur Connecticut income tax in 2012 or 2011, other than minimum state income tax, as a result of its utilization of Connecticut tax legislation that permits banks to shelter certain mortgage income from the Connecticut corporation business tax through the use of a special purpose entity called a PIC. In 2004 Salisbury availed itself of this legislation by forming a PIC, SBT Mortgage Service Corporation.

24
 

Overview

During 2013, Salisbury’s assets decreased by $13.7 million to $587.1 million at December 31, 2013, as a result of decreases in cash and securities which funded net deposit outflows. Net loans receivable grew $49.4 million, or 12.7%, to $438.2 million. D eposits and repurchase agreements declined by $13.1 million, or 2.7%, to $479.9 million at December 31, 2013 as higher yielding, and more volatile, deposits left the balance sheet. At December 31, 2013, Salisbury’s tangible book value per common share was $27.12 and Tier 1 leverage and total risk-based capital ratios were 10.65% and 16.46%, respectively. Both Salisbury and the Bank are categorized as "well capitalized".

Securities and Short Term Funds

During 2013, securities decreased $31.8 million to $94.5 million, while short-term funds (interest-bearing deposits with other banks) decreased to $6.8 million, in order to fund loan growth. The carrying values of securities are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Available-for-Sale                        
U.S. Treasury bills   $ 2,657     $ 2,733     $ 5,528  
U.S. Government agency notes     2,590       7,726       14,924  
Municipal bonds     40,437       47,365       50,796  
Mortgage backed securities     33,892       48,729       58,300  
Collateralized mortgage obligations     11,888       16,704       21,320  
SBA pools     2,230       2,863       3,706  
Other     797       167       1,220  
Held-to-Maturity                        
Mortgage backed security                 50  
Non-Marketable                        
FHLBB stock     5,340       5,747       6,032  
Total Securities   $ 99,831     $ 132,034     $ 161,876  

Salisbury evaluates securities for OTTI where the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date. As part of this process, Salisbury considers its intent to sell each debt security and whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions is met, Salisbury recognizes an OTTI charge to earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. For securities that meet neither of these conditions, an analysis is performed to determine if any of these securities are at risk for OTTI.

Salisbury evaluates securities for strategic fit and may reduce its position in securities, although it is not more likely than not that Salisbury will be required to sell securities before recovery of their cost basis, which may be maturity. Therefore, management does not consider any of its securities, other than four non-agency CMO securities reflecting OTTI, to be OTTI at December 31, 2013.

In 2009 Salisbury determined that five non-agency CMO securities reflected OTTI and recognized losses for deterioration in credit quality of $1,128,000. Salisbury judged the four remaining securities not to have additional OTTI and all other CMO securities not to be OTTI as of December 31, 2013. It is possible that future loss assumptions could change necessitating Salisbury to recognize future OTTI for further deterioration in credit quality. Salisbury does not intend to sell these securities and it is not more likely than not that Salisbury will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis. The carrying value of such securities judged to be OTTI are as follows:

Available-for-Sale (dollars in thousands)     Par value       Carrying value       Fair value  
Non-agency CMO                        
December 31, 2013   $ 3,093     $ 2,534     $ 2,724  
December 31, 2012     4,446       3,748       3,817  
December 31, 2011     5,158       4,385       4,144  

Accumulated other comprehensive gain at December 31, 2013 included net unrealized holding gains, net of tax, of $0.4 million, which is a reduction of $2.5 million from December 31, 2012.

Loans

During 2013, net loans receivable increased $49.4 million, or 12.7%, to $438.2 million at December 31, 2013, compared with loan growth of $18.0 million, or 4.9% in 2012.

Salisbury’s retail lending department originates residential mortgage, home equity loans and lines of credit, and consumer loans for the portfolio. During 2013, Salisbury originated $78.7 million of residential mortgage loans and $6.5 million of home equity loans for the portfolio, compared with $44.1 million and $6.8 million, respectively, in 2012. During 2013, total residential mortgage and home equity loans receivable grew by $33.0 million to $272.0 million at December 31, 2013, and represent 61.6% of loans receivable, substantially unchanged from 2012. During 2013, Salisbury’s residential mortgage lending department also originated and sold $18.4 million of residential mortgage loans, compared with $60.2 million during 2012. All loans were sold through the FHLBB Mortgage Partnership Finance Program with servicing retained by Salisbury. Consumer loans, amounting to $3.9 million at December 31, 2013, and representing 0.9% of loans receivable, were down slightly from 2012.

25
 

Salisbury’s commercial lending department specializes in lending to small and mid-size companies, businesses and municipalities. More specifically we meet our client’s credit need by providing short-term and long-term financing, construction loans, commercial mortgages, equipment, working capital, property improvement loans and municipal financing. The department also works with both the SBA and USDA Government Guaranteed Lending Programs; however, such loans represent a very small percent of the commercial loan portfolio. Salisbury originated $46.2 million of commercial loans during 2013. During 2013, total commercial real estate, commercial and industrial and municipal loans increased $18.6 million to $153.3 million at December 31, 2013, and represent 34.7% of loans receivable, substantially unchanged from December 31, 2012.

The principal categories of loans receivable and loans held-for-sale are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011       2010       2009  
Residential 1-4 family   $ 231,113     $ 198,552     $ 187,676     $ 173,932     $ 165,249  
Residential 5+ multifamily     4,848       3,889       3,187       2,889       2,643  
Construction of residential 1-4 family     1,876       2,379       5,305       8,948       2,817  
Home equity credit     34,139       34,162       34,621       34,164       33,569  
Residential real estate     271,976       238,982       230,789       219,933       204,278  
Commercial     91,853       87,382       81,958       75,495       68,085  
Construction of commercial     10,948       5,823       7,069       7,312       8,706  
Commercial real estate     102,801       93,205       89,027       82,807       76,791  
Farm land     3,402       4,320       4,925       5,690       5,577  
Vacant land     9,067       9,926       12,828       12,979       11,656  
Real estate secured     387,246       346,433       337,569       321,409       298,302  
Commercial and industrial     46,292       38,094       29,358       25,123       24,014  
Municipal     4,252       3,378       2,415       4,338       2,284  
Consumer     3,889       4,181       4,496       4,677       5,544  
Loans receivable, gross     441,679       392,086       373,838       355,547       330,144  
Deferred loan origination costs, net     1,182       1,032       1,004       822       586  
Allowance for loan losses     (4,683 )     (4,360 )     (4,076 )     (3,920 )     (3,473 )
Loans receivable, net   $ 438,178     $ 388,758     $ 370,766     $ 352,449     $ 327,257  
Loans held-for-sale                                        
Residential 1-4 family   $ 173     $ 1,879     $ 948     $ 1,184     $ 665  

The composition of loans receivable by forecasted maturity distribution is as follows:

December 31, 2013 (in thousands)   Within 1 year   Within 1-5 years   After 5 years   Total
Residential   $ 92     $ 3,150     $ 234,595     $ 237,837  
Home equity credit     54       441       33,644       34,139  
Commercial     612       2,592       88,649       91,853  
Commercial construction     500       123       10,325       10,948  
Land     2,821       376       9,272       12,469  
Real estate secured     4,079       6,682       376,485       387,246  
Commercial and industrial     2,788       10,338       33,166       46,292  
Municipal     119       709       3,424       4,252  
Consumer     498       2,719       672       3,889  
Loans receivable, gross   $ 7,484     $ 20,448     $ 413,747     $ 441,679  
                                 
                                 
The composition of loans receivable due after one year with fixed and variable or adjustable interest rates is as follows:
December 31, 2013 (in thousands)     Fixed interest rates       Adjustable interest rates  
Residential   $ 127,804     $ 109,941  
Home equity credit           34,085  
Commercial     13,217       78,024  
Commercial construction     1,882       8,566  
Land     75       9,573  
Real estate secured     142,978       240,189  
Commercial and industrial     31,037       12,467  
Municipal     3,587       546  
Consumer     3,073       318  
Loans receivable, gross   $ 180,675     $ 253,520  

Loan Credit Quality

The persistent weakness in the local and regional economies continues to impact the credit quality of Salisbury’s loans receivable. During 2013 total impaired and potential problem loans remained elevated, however decreased slightly, by $0.9 million to $24.8 million, or 5.6% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2013, from $27.3 million, or 7.0% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2012.

26
 

The credit quality segments of loans receivable and their credit risk ratings are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Pass   $ 378,689     $ 327,928  
Special mention     38,203       36,785  
Performing loans     416,892       364,713  
Substandard     9,116       10,810  
Doubtful            
Potential problem loans     9,116       10,810  
Pass                
Troubled debt restructured loans, accruing     137       1,318  
Special mention                
Troubled debt restructured loans, accruing     2,109       1,568  
Substandard                
Troubled debt restructured loans, accruing     6,159       3,818  
Troubled debt restructured loans, non-accrual     1,753       2,181  
All other non-accrual loans     5,419       7,579  
Doubtful                
Troubled debt restructured loans, accruing     95        
Troubled debt restructured loans, non-accrual           99  
Impaired loans     15,672       16,563  
Loans receivable, gross   $ 441,679     $ 392,086  

Changes in impaired and potential problem loans are as follows:

      2013       2012  
      Impaired loans       Potential                Impaired loans       Potential          
Year ended December 31, (in thousands)     Non- accrual       Accruing       problem loans       Total       Non- accrual       Accruing       problem loans       Total  
Net loans placed on non-accrual status   $ 1,652     $ 833     $ (1,227 )   $ 1,258     $ 5,201     $ (103 )   $ (1,415 )   $ 3,683  
Loan risk rating downgrades to substandard                 3,636       3,636                   1,680       1,680  
Loan risk rating upgrades from substandard                 (1,350 )     (1,350 )                 (1,259 )     (1,259 )
Loan repayments     (3,004 )     259       (2,700 )     (5,445 )     (1,623 )     (706 )     (405 )     (2,734 )
Loan charge-offs (less charge offs for delinquent taxes)     (364 )           (4 )     (368 )     (783 )                 (783 )
Increase (decrease) in troubled debt restructuring           1,422       (50 )     1,372       35       2,910       (1,830 )     1,115  
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans     (971 )     (717 )           (1,688 )     (1,047 )                 (1,047 )
Increase (decrease) in loans   $ (2,687 )   $ 1,797     $ (1,695 )   $ (2,585 )   $ 1,783     $ 2,101     $ (3,229 )   $ 655  

Credit risk remained a focus of management’s attention during 2013; however there was a slight decrease in total impaired and potential problem loans, down $0.9 million in 2013. Similarly, net loans placed on non-accrual status, due to payment and financial performance, decreased to $1.3 million in 2013 from $3.7 million in 2012. Downgrades in loan risk ratings to substandard increased to $3.6 million in 2013 from $1.7 million in 2012. Upgrades in loan risk ratings from substandard increased slightly to $1.4 million in 2013 from $1.3 million in 2012. Loan repayments increased to $5.4 million in 2013 from $2.7 million in 2012. Loan charge-offs, primarily due to collateral deficiencies, remained elevated, though declined to $0.4 million in 2013 from $0.8 million in 2012. Troubled debt restructures increased to $1.4 million in 2013 from $1.1 million in 2012. Real estate acquired in settlement of loans increased to $1.7 million in 2013 from $1.0 million in 2012.

Salisbury has cooperative relationships with the vast majority of its non-performing loan customers. Substantially all non-performing loans are collateralized with real estate and the repayment of such loans is largely dependent on the return of such loans to performing status or the liquidation of the underlying real estate collateral. Salisbury pursues the resolution of all non-performing loans through collections, restructures, voluntary liquidation of collateral by the borrower and, where necessary, legal action. When attempts to work with a customer to return a loan to performing status, including restructuring the loan, are unsuccessful, Salisbury will initiate appropriate legal action seeking to acquire property by deed in lieu of foreclosure or through foreclosure, or to liquidate business assets.

27
 

Credit Quality Segments

Salisbury categorizes loans receivable into the following credit quality segments.

· Impaired loans consist of all non-accrual loans and troubled debt restructured loans, and represent loans for which it is probable that Salisbury will not be able to collect all principal and interest amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreements.
· Non-accrual loans, a sub-set of impaired loans, are loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued because, in the opinion of management, full collection of principal or interest is unlikely.
· Non-performing loans consist of non-accrual loans, and accruing loans past due 90 days and over that are well collateralized, in the process of collection and where full collection of principal and interest is assured. Non-performing assets consist of non-performing loans plus real estate acquired in settlement of loans.
· Troubled debt restructured loans are loans for which concessions such as reduction of interest rates, other than normal market rate adjustments, or deferral of principal or interest payments, extension of maturity dates, or reduction of principal balance or accrued interest, have been granted due to a borrower’s financial condition. Loan restructuring is employed when management believes the granting of a concession will increase the probability of the full or partial collection of principal and interest.
· Potential problem loans consist of performing loans that have been assigned a substandard credit risk rating and that are not classified as impaired.

Credit Risk Ratings

Salisbury assigns credit risk ratings to loans receivable in order to manage credit risk and to determine the allowance for loan losses. Credit risk ratings categorize loans by common financial and structural characteristics that measure the credit strength of a borrower. Salisbury’s rating model has eight risk rating grades, with each grade corresponding to a progressively greater risk of default. Grades 1 through 4 are pass ratings and 5 through 8 are ratings (special mention, substandard, doubtful, and loss) defined by the bank’s regulatory agencies, the FDIC and CTDOB. Risk ratings are assigned to differentiate risk within the portfolio and are reviewed on an ongoing basis and revised, if needed, to reflect changes in the borrowers' current financial position and outlook, risk profiles and the related collateral and structural positions.

· Loans risk rated as "special mention" possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management’s close attention that if left uncorrected may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loans at some future date.
· Loans risk rated as "substandard" are loans where the Bank’s position is clearly not protected adequately by borrower current net worth or payment capacity. These loans have well defined weaknesses based on objective evidence and include loans where future losses to the Bank may result if deficiencies are not corrected, and loans where the primary source of repayment such as income is diminished and the Bank must rely on sale of collateral or other secondary sources of collection.
· Loans risk rated as "doubtful" have the same weaknesses as substandard loans with the added characteristic that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full, given current facts, conditions, and values, to be highly improbable. The possibility of loss is high, but due to certain important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to strengthen the loan, its reclassification as an estimated loss is deferred until its exact status can be determined.
· Loans risk rated as "loss" are considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as Bank assets is unwarranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this loan even though partial recovery may be made in the future.

Management actively reviews and tests its credit risk ratings against actual experience and engages an independent third-party to annually validate its assignment of credit risk ratings. In addition, the Bank’s loan portfolio and risk ratings are examined annually on a rotating basis by its two primary regulatory agencies, the FDIC and CTDOB.

Impaired Loans

Impaired loans decreased $0.9 million during 2013 to $15.7 million, or 3.55% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2013, from $16.6 million, or 4.22% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2012. The components of impaired loans are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Troubled debt restructurings, accruing   $ 8,500     $ 6,703     $ 4,602  
Troubled debt restructurings, non-accrual     1,753       2,280       1,753  
All other non-accrual loans     5,419       7,579       6,323  
Impaired loans   $ 15,672     $ 16,562     $ 12,678  

Non-Performing Assets

Non-performing assets decreased $2.6 million to $7.5 million at December 31, 2013, or 1.29% of assets, as compared with December 31, 2012, after peaking at $15.1 million, or 2.55% of total assets, at June 30, 2011. The components of non-performing assets are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011       2010     2009  
Commercial   $ 1,857     $ 2,235     $ 2,337     $ 2,923     $ 2,226  
Vacant land     2,870       3,995       3,658       4,018       3,535  
Farm land     384                          
Residential 1-4 family     1,525       3,024       1,240       2,534       765  
Home equity credit     402       442       173       362       367  
Real estate secured     7,038       9,696       7,408       9,837       6,893  
Commercial and industrial     134       164       668       208       546  
Non-accrual loans     7,172       9,860       8,076       10,045       7,439  
Accruing loans past due 90 days and over                       96       6  
Non-performing loans     7,172       9,860       8,076       10,141       7,445  
Real estate acquired in settlement of loans, net     377       244       2,744       610       275  
Non-performing assets   $ 7,549     $ 10,104     $ 10,820     $ 10,751     $ 7,720  

28
 

Reductions in interest income associated with non-accrual loans are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Income in accordance with original terms   $ 551     $ 301     $ 811  
Income recognized     64       195       111  
Reduction in interest income   $ 487     $ 106     $ 700  

The past due status of non-performing loans is as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Current   $ 1,274     $ 1,798     $ 734  
Past due 1-29 days     241       75       138  
Past due 30-59 days     134       701       134  
Past due 60-89 days     254       445        
Past due 90-179 days     588       1,983       1,095  
Past due 180 days and over     4,681       4,858       5,975  
Total non-performing loans   $ 7,172     $ 9,860     $ 8,076  

At December 31, 2013, 17.76% of non-accrual loans were current with respect to loan payments, compared with 18.23% at December 31, 2012. Loans past due 180 days include a $2.8 million loan secured by vacant land (residential) where Salisbury has initiated a foreclosure action that is referred to in Item 3 of Part I, Legal Proceedings.

Troubled Debt Restructured Loans

Troubled debt restructured loans increased $1.3 million in 2013 to $10.3 million, or 2.32% of gross loans receivable, from $9.0 million, or 2.29% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2012. The components of troubled debt restructured loans are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Residential 1-4 family   $ 4,956     $ 3,097     $ 2,163  
Home equity credit     48              
Personal     22              
Vacant land     225              
Commercial     2,691       2,774       1,970  
Real estate secured     7,942       5,871       4,133  
Commercial and industrial     558       832       469  
Accruing troubled debt restructured loans     8,500       6,703       4,602  
Residential 1-4 family     999       1,041       52  
Home equity credit     40              
Commercial     608       1,159       1,132  
Vacant land                 461  
Real estate secured     1,647       2,200       1,645  
Commercial and Industrial     106       80       108  
Non-accrual troubled debt restructured loans     1,753       2,280       1,753  
Troubled debt restructured loans   $ 10,253     $ 8,983     $ 6,355  

The past due status of troubled debt restructured loans is as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Current   $ 6,559     $ 5,353     $ 3,375  
Past due 1-29 days     1,490       445       1,072  
Past due 30-59 days     95       905       155  
Past due 60-89 days     356              
Accruing troubled debt restructured loans     8,500       6,703       4,602  
Current     999       1,333       251  
Past due 1-29 days     241              
Past due 30-59 days     64       301       98  
Past due 60-89 days           194        
Past due 90-179 days     449             493  
Past due 180 days and over           452       911  
Non-accrual troubled debt restructured loans     1,753       2,280       1,753  
Total troubled debt restructured loans   $ 10,253     $ 8,983     $ 6,355  

At December 31, 2013, 73.72% of troubled debt restructured loans were current with respect to loan payments, as compared with 74.43% at December 31, 2012.

29
 

Past Due Loans

Loans past due 30 days or more decreased $2.6 million during 2013 to $11.0 million, or 2.50% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2013, compared with $13.6 million, or 3.47% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2012. The components of loans past due 30 days or greater are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Past due 30-59 days   $ 2,535     $ 4,309     $ 1,999  
Past due 60-89 days     2,840       1,317       461  
Past due 90-179 days                  
Accruing loans     5,375       5,626       2,460  
Past due 30-59 days     133       701       134  
Past due 60-89 days     254       445        
Past due 90-179 days     588       1,983       1,095  
Past due 180 days and over     4,681       4,859       5,975  
Non-accrual loans     5,656       7,988       7,204  
Total loans past due 30 days and over   $ 11,031     $ 13,614     $ 9,664  

Potential Problem Loans

Potential problem loans decreased $1.7 million during 2013 to $9.1 million, or 2.06% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2013, compared with $10.8 million, or 2.76% of gross loans receivable at December 31, 2012. The components of potential problem loans are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Residential 1-4 family   $ 1,528     $ 3,108     $ 3,367  
Residential 5+ multifamily     975              
Construction of residential 1-4 family                  
Home equity credit     890       892       1,154  
Residential real estate     3,393       4,000       4,521  
Commercial     4,036       4,624       7,391  
Construction of commercial     589       450       450  
Commercial real estate     4,625       5,074       7,841  
Farm land     751       1,180       830  
Vacant land     44       183       249  
Real estate secured     8,813       10,437       13,441  
Commercial and Industrial     288       345       534  
Consumer     15       28       64  
Other classified loans receivable   $ 9,116     $ 10,810     $ 14,039  

The past due status of potential problem loans is as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Current   $ 7,646     $ 7,992     $ 10,771  
Past due 1-29 days     189       452       2,837  
Past due 30-59 days     298       2,065       385  
Past due 60-89 days     983       301       46  
Past due 90-179 days                  
Total potential problem loans   $ 9,116     $ 10,810     $ 14,039  

At December 31, 2013, 83.87% of potential problem loans were current with respect to loan payments, as compared with 73.93% at December 31, 2012.

Management cannot predict the extent to which economic or other factors may impact such borrowers’ future payment capacity, and there can be no assurance that such loans will not be placed on nonaccrual status, restructured, or require increased provision for loan losses.

Deposits and Borrowings

Deposits during 2013 decreased $13.8 million, or 2.82%, to $477.4 million at December 31, 2013, compared with $491.2 million at December 31, 2012. Retail repurchase agreements increased $0.8 million during 2013 to $2.6 million at December 31, 2013, compared with $1.8 million at December 31, 2012. Included in deposits at December 31, 2013 is a single relationship totaling $27.1 million, or 5.68% of total deposits.

Scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more were as follows:

December 31, 2013 (in thousands)     Within
3 months
    Within
3-6 months
    Within
6-12 months
    Over
1 year
    Total
Certificates of deposit over $100,000   $ 6,279     $ 5,834     $ 7,450     $ 14,804     $ 34,367  

FHLBB advances decreased $1.6 million during 2013 to $30.4 million at December 31, 2013, compared with $32.0 million at December 31, 2012. The decrease in advances was due to scheduled maturities and principal re-payments.

30
 

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS AND CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS

In the normal course of business, Salisbury enters into various contractual obligations that may require future cash payments. Contractual obligations at December 31, 2013 include leases, capital lease, contractual purchases and certain pension and other benefit plans. For further discussion regarding leases see Note 17 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

The accompanying table summarizes Salisbury’s off-balance sheet lending-related financial instruments and significant cash obligations, by remaining maturity, at December 31, 2013. Salisbury’s lending-related financial instruments include commitments that have maturities over one year. Contractual purchases include commitments for future cash expenditures, primarily for services and contracts that reflect the minimum contractual obligation under legally enforceable contracts with contract terms that are both fixed and determinable. Excluded from the following table are a number of obligations to be settled in cash, primarily in under one year. These obligations are reflected in Salisbury’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and include deposits, FHLBB advances and repurchase agreements that settle within standard market timeframes.

December 31, 2013 (in thousands)
By Remaining Maturity
    Within
1 year
    Within
1-3 years
    Within
4-5 years
    After
5 years
    Total
Residential   $ 25     $     $ 20     $ 269     $ 314  
Home equity credit           1,126       175       27,076       28,377  
Commercial     1,114       1,594       368       6,824       9,900  
Land                       10       10  
Real estate secured     1,139       2,720       563       34,179       38,601  
Commercial and industrial     2,541       2,907       749       11,091       17,288  
Municipal     200                   75       275  
Consumer                       1,321       1,321  
Unadvanced portions of loans     3,880       5,627       1,312       46,666       57,485  
Commitments to originate loans     9,730                         9,730  
Standby letters of credit           53                   53  
Total   $ 13,610     $ 5,680     $ 1,312     $ 46,666     $ 67,268  

LIQUIDITY

Salisbury manages its liquidity position to ensure it has sufficient funding availability at all times to meet both anticipated and unanticipated deposit withdrawals, loan originations and advances, securities purchases and other operating cash outflows. Salisbury’s primary source of liquidity is deposits and though its preferred funding strategy is to attract and retain low cost deposits, its ability to do so is affected by competitive interest rates and terms in its marketplace, and other financial market conditions. Other sources of funding include cash flows from loan and securities principal payments and maturities, funds provided by operations, and discretionary use of national market certificates of deposit and FHLBB advances. Liquidity can also be provided through sales of securities and loans.

Salisbury manages its liquidity in accordance with a liquidity funding policy, and also maintains a contingency funding plan that provides for the prompt and comprehensive response to unexpected demands for liquidity. At December 31, 2013, Salisbury's liquidity ratio, as represented by cash, short term available-for-sale securities and marketable assets to net deposits and short term unsecured liabilities, was 16.33%, down from 30.55% at December 31, 2012. Management believes Salisbury’s funding sources will meet anticipated funding needs.

Operating activities for 2013 provided net cash of $9.7 million. Investing activities utilized net cash of $23.8 million, principally from net loan advances and sales of OREO of $50.6 million, partially offset by calls and maturities of securities of $27.7 million. Financing activities utilized net cash of $16.7 million, principally from a net deposit and repurchase agreement decline of $13.1 million, repayment and maturities of FHLBB advances of $1.6 million and cash dividend payments, on common and preferred stock, of $2.1 million.

Operating activities for 2012 provided net cash of $7.1 million. Investing activities provided net cash of $14.8 million, principally from calls, sales and maturities of securities of $37.8 million, offset in part by net loan advances and sales of OREO of $16.7 million, and securities purchases of $6.3 million. Financing activities utilized net cash of $15.2 million, principally, from repayment and maturities of FHLBB advances of $22.6 million and cash dividend payments, on common and preferred stock, of $2.1 million, offset in part by a net deposit and repurchase agreement growth of $9.5 million.

Operating activities for 2011 provided net cash of $6.8 million. Investing activities utilized net cash of $23.3 million, principally for securities purchases of $45.8 million and net loan advances of $22.6 million, offset in part by securities repayments and maturities of $43.1 million and the maturity of an interest bearing time deposit with other banks of $5.0 million . Financing activities provided net cash of $26.5 million, principally, from net deposit and repurchase agreement growth of $40.0 million and proceeds from issuance of preferred stock of $16.0 million, offset in part by a net decrease in FHLBB advances of $18.2 million, redemption of preferred stock of $8.8 million and cash dividend payments, on common and preferred stock, of $2.3 million.

CAPITAL RESOURCES

Shareholders’ Equity

Book value and tangible book value per common share increased $0.08 and $0.27, respectively, in 2013 to $33.21 and $27.12, respectively, at December 31, 2013, compared with $33.13 and $26.85, respectively, at December 31, 2012.

Shareholders’ equity increased $0.8 million in 2013 to $72.8 million at December 31, 2013. Contributing to the increase in shareholders’ equity for 2013 was net income of $4.1 million and common stock issuance of $0.2 million, less common and preferred stock dividends of $1.9 million and $0.2 million, respectively and other comprehensive loss of $1.4 million. Accumulated other comprehensive income as of December 31, 2013 included unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax, of $0.4 million and a pension plan gain, net of tax, of $0.6 million.

31
 

Preferred Stock

In August 2011, Salisbury issued to the Treasury $16 million of its Series B Preferred Stock under the SBLF program. The SBLF program is a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 to encourage lending to small businesses by providing Tier 1 capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion. The Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes and ranks senior to the Common Stock.

The Series B Preferred Stock pays noncumulative dividends. The dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Stock for the initial quarterly dividend period ended September 30, 2011 and each of the next nine quarterly dividend periods the Series B Preferred Stock is outstanding is determined each quarter based on the increase in the Bank’s Qualified Small Business Lending. The dividend rate for the quarterly dividend period ended December 31, 2013, was 1.0%. For the eleventh quarterly dividend period through four and one-half years after its issuance, the dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Stock will be 1.0% and after four and one-half years from its issuance the dividend rate will be fixed at 9.0% per annum. On December 21, 2013, Salisbury declared a Series B Preferred Stock dividend of $40,000, payable on January 2, 2014. The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at any time at one hundred percent of the issue price plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.

Simultaneously with the receipt of the SBLF capital in 2011, Salisbury repurchased for $8.8 million all of its Series A Preferred Stock sold to the Treasury in 2009 under the CPP, a part of TARP, and made a payment for accrued dividends. The transaction resulted in net capital proceeds to Salisbury of $7.2 million, of which Salisbury invested $6.5 million, or 90%, in the Bank as Tier 1 Capital.

As part of the CPP, Salisbury had issued to the Treasury a 10-year Warrant to purchase 57,671 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $22.93 per share. The Warrant was repurchased for $205,000 on November 2, 2011 and simultaneously cancelled.

Capital Requirements

Salisbury and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Under current regulatory definitions, Salisbury and the Bank are considered to be “well capitalized” for capital adequacy purposes. As a result, the Bank pays lower federal deposit insurance premiums than those banks that are not “well capitalized.” Salisbury’s and the Bank's regulatory capital ratios are as follows:

      Well     December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
      capitalized       Salisbury       Bank       Salisbury       Bank  
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)     10.00 %     16.46 %     13.87 %     16.63 %     13.77 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)     6.00       15.20       12.63       15.46       12.62  
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)     5.00       10.65       8.96       9.87       8.15  

A well-capitalized institution, which is the highest capital category for an institution as defined by the Prompt Corrective Action regulations issued by the FDIC and the FRB, is one which maintains a Total Risk-Based ratio of 10% or above, a Tier 1 Risk-Based ratio of 6% or above and a Leverage ratio of 5% or above, and is not subject to any written order, written agreement, capital directive, or prompt corrective action directive to meet and maintain a specific capital level. Maintaining strong capital is essential to Salisbury and the Bank’s safety and soundness. However, the effective management of capital resources requires generating attractive returns on equity to build value for shareholders while maintaining appropriate levels of capital to fund growth, meet regulatory requirements and be consistent with prudent industry practices.

In December 2010, the Basel Committee, a group of bank regulatory supervisors from around the world, released its final framework for strengthening international capital and liquidity regulation, now officially identified by the Basel Committee as “Basel III.” Basel III, when fully implemented by the U.S. bank regulatory agencies and fully phased-in, will require bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries to maintain substantially more capital, with a greater emphasis on common equity.

In July 2013, the Federal Reserve Board, Office of the Comptroller of the Currency and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation approved final rules to implement the Basel III capital framework. The rules will be effective on January 1, 2015 and phased-in over a multiple year period through 2019. The new capital rules call for higher quality capital with higher minimum capital level requirements. We are still in the process of assessing the impact from these new complex regulatory requirements, and while we cannot be certain of the impact, we believe that we will exceed the requirements of adequately capitalized plus the capital conservation buffer, once they become effective.

Dividends

During 2013 and 2012, Salisbury declared and paid four quarterly common stock dividends of $0.28 per common share each quarter, totaling $1,915,000 and $1,892,000, respectively. The Board of Directors of Salisbury declared a common stock dividend of $0.28 per common share payable on February 28, 2014 to shareholders of record on February 14, 2014. Common stock dividends, when declared, will generally be paid the last business day of February, May, August and November, although Salisbury is not obligated to pay dividends on those dates or at any other time.

During 2013 Salisbury declared Preferred Stock Series B dividends of $161,000 to the Treasury.

Salisbury's ability to pay cash dividends is dependent on the Bank's ability to pay cash dividends to Salisbury. There are certain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends and other payments by the Bank to Salisbury. Under Connecticut law, the Bank cannot declare a cash dividend except from net profits, defined as the remainder of all earnings from current operations. The total of all cash dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year shall not, unless specifically approved by the Banking Commissioner, exceed the total of its net profits of that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years.

32
 

FRB Supervisory Letter SR 09-4, February 24, 2009, revised March 27, 2009, states that, as a general matter, the Board of Directors of a Bank Holding Company (“BHC”) should inform the Federal Reserve and should eliminate, defer, or significantly reduce dividends if (1) net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (3) the BHC will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Moreover, a BHC should inform the Federal Reserve reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period (e.g., quarter) for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the BHC capital position.

Salisbury believes that the payment of common stock cash dividends is appropriate, provided that such payment considers Salisbury's capital needs, asset quality, and overall financial condition and does not adversely affect the financial stability of Salisbury or the Bank. The continued payment of common stock cash dividends by Salisbury will be dependent on Salisbury's future core earnings, financial condition and capital needs, regulatory restrictions, and other factors deemed relevant by the Board of Directors of Salisbury.

RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

See Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for details of recently issued accounting pronouncements and their expected impact on Salisbury’s financial statements.

IMPACT OF INFLATION AND CHANGING PRICES

Salisbury’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP that require the measurement of financial condition and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money, over time, due to inflation. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of Salisbury are monetary and as a result, interest rates have a greater impact on Salisbury’s performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation, although interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or with the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services. Although not a material factor in recent years, inflation could impact earnings in future periods.

ADDITIONAL INFORMATION AND WHERE TO FIND IT

In connection with the proposed merger, Salisbury will file with the SEC a Registration Statement on Form S-4 that will include a proxy statement of Salisbury and Riverside Bank and a prospectus of Salisbury, as well as other relevant documents concerning the proposed transaction. SHAREHOLDERS OF SALISBURY AND RIVERSIDE BANK ARE URGED TO READ CAREFULLY THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND JOINT PROXY STATEMENT/PROSPECTUS REGARDING THE PROPOSED TRANSACTION IN ITS ENTIRETY WHEN IT BECOMES AVAILABLE AND ANY OTHER DOCUMENTS FILED WITH THE SEC, AS WELL AS ANY AMENDMENTS OR SUPPLEMENTS TO THOSE DOCUMENTS, BECAUSE THEY WILL CONTAIN IMPORTANT INFORMATION. Investors and shareholders of Salisbury and Riverside Bank will be able to obtain a free copy of the joint proxy statement/prospectus (when available) containing information about Salisbury and Riverside Bank, as well as other filings containing information about Salisbury, at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. The joint proxy statement/prospectus (when available) and other filings may also be obtained free of charge at Salisbury’s website at www.salisburybank.com.

PARTICIPANTS IN THE SOLICITATION

Salisbury and Riverside Bank and certain of their respective directors, executive officers and other members of management and employees, under the SEC’s rules, may be deemed to be “participants” in the solicitation of proxies from the shareholders of Salisbury and Riverside Bank in connection with the proposed merger and related matters. Information regarding the directors and executive officers of Salisbury and their ownership of Salisbury common stock is set forth in the proxy statements for Salisbury’s 2013 annual meeting of shareholders, as filed with the SEC on Schedule 14A on April 30, 2013. Information regarding the directors and executive officers of Riverside Bank and their ownership of Riverside Bank common stock, and additional information regarding the interests of the Salisbury and Riverside Bank participants, may be obtained by reading the joint proxy statement/prospectus when it becomes available. Free copies of this document may be obtained as described in the preceding paragraph.

This communication does not constitute an offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy any securities or a solicitation of any vote or approval, nor shall there be any sale of securities in any jurisdiction in which such offer, solicitation or sale would be unlawful prior to registration or qualification under the securities laws of such jurisdiction.

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Salisbury manages its exposure to interest rate risk through its Asset/Liability Management Committee (“ALCO”) using risk limits and policy guidelines to manage assets and funding liabilities to produce financial results that are consistent with Salisbury’s liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability targets. Interest rate risk is the risk of a negative impact to future earnings due to changes in interest rates.

The ALCO manages interest rate risk using income simulation to measure interest rate risk inherent in Salisbury’s financial instruments at a given point in time by showing the effect of interest rate shifts on net interest income over a 24-month horizon. In management’s December 31, 2013 analysis, three of the simulations incorporate management’s growth assumptions over the simulation horizons, with allowances made for loan, deposit and security product mix shifts in selected interest rate scenarios, such as movements between lower rate savings and money market deposit accounts and higher rate time deposits, and changes in the reinvestment of loan and securities cash flows. The fourth simulation incorporates management’s balance sheet growth assumptions. Additionally, the simulations take into account the specific re-pricing, maturity and prepayment characteristics of differing financial instruments that may vary under different interest rate scenarios.

The ALCO reviews the simulation results to determine whether Salisbury’s exposure to change in net interest income remains within established tolerance levels over the simulation horizons and to develop appropriate strategies to manage this exposure. Salisbury’s tolerance levels for changes in net interest income in its income simulations varies depending on the magnitude of interest rate changes and level of risk-based capital. All changes are measured in comparison to the projected net interest income that would result from an “unchanged” rate scenario where interest rates remain stable over the forecast horizon. The ALCO also evaluates the directional trends of net interest income, net interest margin and other financial measures over the forecast horizon for consistency with its liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability targets.

ALCO uses four interest rate scenarios to evaluate interest risk exposure and may vary these interest rate scenarios to show the effect of steepening or flattening changes in yield curves as well as parallel changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2013 ALCO used the following interest rate scenarios: (1) unchanged interest rates; (2) immediately rising interest rates – immediate non-parallel upward shift in market interest rates ranging from 300 basis points for short term rates to 300 basis points for the 10-year Treasury; (3) immediately falling interest rates – immediate non-parallel downward shift in market interest rates ranging from 25 basis points for short term rates to 135 basis points for the 10-year Treasury; and (4) two step shock rising interest rates – ranging from 400 basis points for short term rates (200 basis points each year) to 315 basis points for the 10-year Treasury (150 basis points for year one and 165 basis points for year two). Deposit rates are assumed to shift by lesser amounts due to their relative historical insensitivity to market interest rate movements. Further, deposits are assumed to have certain minimum rate levels below which they will not fall. Income simulations do not reflect adjustments in strategy that the ALCO could implement in response to rate shifts.

As of December 31, 2013 net interest income simulations indicated that Salisbury’s exposure to changing interest rates over the simulation horizons remained within its tolerance levels. The following table sets forth the estimated change in net interest income from an unchanged interest rate scenario over the periods indicated for changes in market interest rates using Salisbury’s financial instruments as of December 31, 2013.

December 31, 2013 (in thousands)     Months 1-12       Months 13-24  
Immediately rising interest rates (management’s growth assumptions)     (12.19 )%     (4.67 )%
Immediately falling interest rates (management’s growth assumptions)     (1.26 )     (3.92 )
Two step shock rising interest rates (management’s growth assumptions)     (3.94 )     (8.99 )

The negative exposure of net interest income to immediately and gradually rising rates as compared to the unchanged rate scenario results from a faster projected rise in the cost of funds versus income from earning assets, as relatively rate-sensitive money market and time deposits re-price faster than longer duration earning assets. The negative exposure of net interest income to immediately falling rates as compared to an unchanged rate scenario results from a greater decline in earning asset yields compared to rates paid on funding liabilities, as a result of faster prepayments on existing assets and lower reinvestment rates on future loans originated and securities purchased.

33
 

While the ALCO reviews simulation assumptions and back-tests simulation results to ensure that they are reasonable and current, income simulation may not always prove to be an accurate indicator of interest rate risk or future net interest margin. Over time, the re-pricing, maturity and prepayment characteristics of financial instruments and the composition of Salisbury’s balance sheet may change to a different degree than estimated. Simulation modeling assumes Salisbury’s expectation for future balance sheet growth, which is a function of the business environment and customer behavior. Another significant simulation assumption is the sensitivity of core savings deposits to fluctuations in interest rates. Income simulation results assume that changes in both core savings deposit rates and balances are related to changes in short-term interest rates. The assumed relationship between short-term interest rate changes and core deposit rate and balance changes used in income simulation may differ from the ALCO’s estimates. Lastly, mortgage-backed securities and mortgage loans involve a level of risk that unforeseen changes in prepayment speeds may cause related cash flows to vary significantly in differing rate environments. Such changes could affect the level of reinvestment risk associated with cash flow from these instruments, as well as their market value. Changes in prepayment speeds could also increase or decrease the amortization of premium or accretion of discounts related to such instruments, thereby affecting interest income.

Salisbury also monitors the potential change in market value of its available-for-sale debt securities in changing interest rate environments. The purpose is to determine market value exposure that may not be captured by income simulation, but which might result in changes to Salisbury’s capital and liquidity position. Results are calculated using industry-standard analytical techniques and securities data. Available-for-sale equity securities are excluded from this analysis because the market value of such securities cannot be directly correlated with changes in interest rates. The following table summarizes the potential change in market value of available-for-sale debt securities resulting from immediate parallel rate shifts:

December 31, 2013 (in thousands)     Rates up 100bp       Rates up 200bp  
U.S. Treasury notes   $ (70 )   $ (138 )
U.S. Government agency notes     (95 )     (263 )
Municipal bonds     (2,467 )     (5,029 )
Mortgage backed securities     (1,215 )     (2,475 )
Collateralized mortgage obligations     (335 )     (697 )
SBA pools     (8 )     (15 )
Total available-for-sale debt securities   $ (4,190 )   $ (8,617 )

34
 
Item 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

  Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 36
Consolidated Balance Sheets 37
Consolidated Statements of Income 38
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 39
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity 39
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 40-41
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 42-73

 

 

35
 

 

 

 

To the Board of Directors

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc.

Lakeville, Connecticut

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity and cash flo ws for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

 

SHATSWELL, MacLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

 

West Peabody, Massachusetts

March 19, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

36
 

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

Years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands, except par value)     2013       2012  
ASSETS                
Cash and due from banks   $ 5,926     $ 9,545  
Interest bearing demand deposits with other banks     6,785       34,029  
Total cash and cash equivalents     12,711       43,574  
Interest bearing time deposits with other banks     738        
Securities                
Available-for-sale at fair value     94,491       126,287  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock at cost     5,340       5,747  
Loans held-for-sale     173       1,879  
Loans receivable, net (allowance for loan losses: $4,683 and $4,360)     438,178       388,758  
Other real estate owned     377       244  
Bank premises and equipment, net     11,611       11,520  
Goodwill     9,829       9,829  
Intangible assets (net of accumulated amortization: $1,967 and $1,745)     576       798  
Accrued interest receivable     1,760       1,818  
Cash surrender value of life insurance policies     7,529       7,295  
Deferred taxes     260        
Other assets     3,536       3,064  
Total Assets   $ 587,109     $ 600,813  
LIABILITIES and SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY                
Deposits                
Demand (non-interest bearing)   $ 84,677     $ 98,850  
Demand (interest bearing)     81,932       65,991  
Money market     120,550       128,501  
Savings and other     107,171       103,985  
Certificates of deposit     83,039       93,888  
Total deposits     477,369       491,215  
Repurchase agreements     2,554       1,784  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances     30,411       31,980  
Capital lease liability     425        
Deferred taxes           590  
Accrued interest and other liabilities     3,560       3,247  
Total Liabilities     514,319       528,816  
Shareholders' Equity                
Preferred stock - $.01 per share par value                
Authorized: 25,000; issued: 16,000 (Series B);                
Liquidation preference: $1,000 per share     16,000       16,000  
Common stock - $.10 per share par value                
Authorized: 3,000,000;                
Issued: 1,710,121 and 1,689,691     171       169  
Paid-in capital     13,668       13,158  
Retained earnings     42,240       40,233  
Unearned compensation – restricted stock awards     (335 )      
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net     1,046       2,437  
Total Shareholders' Equity     72,790       71,997  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity   $ 587,109     $ 600,813  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

37
 

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

 

Years ended December 31, (in thousands except per share amounts)     2013       2012       2011  
Interest and dividend income                        
Interest and fees on loans   $ 17,978     $ 18,054     $ 18,666  
Interest on debt securities                        
Taxable     1,757       2,454       3,041  
Tax exempt     1,948       2,030       2,210  
Other interest and dividends     67       120       127  
Total interest and dividend income     21,750       22,658       24,044  
Interest expense                        
Deposits     1,813       2,414       3,165  
Repurchase agreements     6       23       63  
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances     1,243       1,845       2,331  
    Total interest expense     3,062       4,282       5,559  
Net interest and dividend income     18,688       18,376       18,485  
Provision for loan losses     1,066       1,070       1,440  
Net interest and dividend income after provision for loan losses     17,622       17,306       17,045  
Non-interest income                        
Gains on securities, net           279       11  
Trust and wealth advisory     3,074       2,945       2,548  
Service charges and fees     2,298       2,189       2,090  
Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net     579       1,596       687  
Mortgage servicing, net     35       (21 )     65  
Other     319       326       255  
Total non-interest income     6,305       7,314       5,656  
Non-interest expense                        
Salaries     7,467       7,149       6,970  
Employee benefits     2,804       2,912       2,493  
Premises and equipment     2,398       2,408       2,330  
Data processing     1,514       1,569       1,410  
Professional fees     1,524       1,212       1,099  
Collections and OREO     519       709       590  
Litigation settlement           400        
FDIC insurance     470       486       596  
Marketing and community support     393       356       343  
Amortization of intangibles     222       222       222  
FHLBB advance prepayment fee           450        
Other     1,624       1,681       1,586  
Total non-interest expense     18,935       19,554       17,639  
Income before income taxes     4,992       5,066       5,062  
Income tax provision     909       989       950  
Net income   $ 4,083     $ 4,077     $ 4,112  
Net income available to common shareholders   $ 3,922     $ 3,861     $ 3,588  
                         
Basic and diluted earnings per common share   $ 2.30     $ 2.28     $ 2.12  
Common dividends per share     1.12       1.12       1.12  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

38
 

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Net income   $ 4,083     $ 4,077     $ 4,112  
Other comprehensive (loss) income                        
Net unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale     (3,743 )     2,632       5,973  
Reclassification of net realized gains in net income           (279 )     (11 )
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale     (3,743 )     2,353       5,962  
Income tax benefit (expense)     1,273       (800 )     (2,027 )
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax     (2,470 )     1,553       3,935  
Pension plan income (loss)     1,635       2,407       (1,319 )
Income tax (expense) benefit     (556 )     (818 )     448  
Pension plan income (loss), net of tax     1,079       1,589       (871 )
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax     (1,391 )     3,142       3,064  
Comprehensive income   $ 2,692     $ 7,219     $ 7,176  

 

 

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

                                                      Unearned                  
                                                      compensation       Accumulated       Total  
      Common Stock       Preferred               Paid-in       Retained       restricted stock       other comprehensive       share- holders’  
      Shares       Amount       Stock       Warrants       capital       earnings       awards       income (loss)       equity  
Balances at December 31, 2010     1,687,661     $ 168     $ 8,738     $ 112     $ 13,200     $ 36,567     $     $ (3,769 )   $ 55,016  
Net income for year                                   4,112                   4,112  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax                                               3,064       3,064  
Amortization (accretion) of preferred stock                 78                   (78 )                  
Issuance of Series B preferred stock                 16,000                                     16,000  
Redemption of Series A preferred stock                 (8,816 )                                   (8,816 )
Repurchase of Common Stock Warrants                       (112 )     (93 )                       (205 )
Common stock dividends declared                                   (1,891 )                 (1,891 )
Preferred stock dividends declared                                   (446 )                 (446 )
Issuance of common stock for director fees     1,070       1                   27                         28  
Balances at December 31, 2011     1,688,731     $ 169     $ 16,000     $     $ 13,134     $ 38,264     $     $ (705 )   $ 66,862  
Net income for year                                   4,077                   4,077  
Other comprehensive income, net of tax                                               3,142       3,142  
Common stock dividends declared                                   (1,892 )                 (1,892 )
Preferred stock dividends declared                                   (216 )                 (216 )
Issuance of common stock for director fees     960                         24                         24  
Balances at December 31, 2012     1,689,691     $ 169     $ 16,000     $     $ 13,158     $ 40,233     $     $ 2,437     $ 71,997  
Net income for year                                   4,083                   4,083  
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax                                               (1,391 )     (1,391 )
Common stock dividends declared                                   (1,915 )                 (1,915 )
Preferred stock dividends declared                                   (161 )                 (161 )
Issuance of restricted common stock     19,600       2                   488             (490 )            
Forfeiture of restricted common stock     (500 )                       (12 )           12              
Stock based compensation-restricted                                                                    
  stock awards                                       143             143  
Issuance of common stock for director fees     1,330                         34                         34  
Balances at December 31, 2013     1,710,121     $ 171     $ 16,000     $     $ 13,668     $ 42,240     $ (335 )   $ 1,046     $ 72,790  

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

39
 

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Operating Activities                        
Net income   $ 4,083     $ 4,077     $ 4,112  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                        
(Accretion), amortization and depreciation                        
Securities     365       611       369  
Bank premises and equipment     856       883       850  
Core deposit intangible     222       222       222  
Mortgage servicing rights     389       379       240  
Fair value adjustment on loans     32       33       42  
(Gains) and losses                        
Sales and calls of securities available-for-sale, net           (279 )     (11 )
Gain on sales of loans, excluding capitalized servicing rights     (285 )     (915 )     (358 )
Other real estate owned     133       123       231  
Loss on sale/disposals of premises and equipment     34              
Provision for loan losses     1,066       1,070       1,440  
Proceeds from loans sold     18,693       61,109       31,260  
Loans originated for sale     (16,702 )     (61,125 )     (30,666 )
Increase in deferred loan origination fees and costs, net     (150 )     (28 )     (182 )
Mortgage servicing rights originated     (294 )     (682 )     (329 )
(Decrease) increase in mortgage servicing rights impairment reserve     (23 )     16       12  
Decrease in interest receivable     58       308       6  
Deferred tax (benefit) expense     (134 )     (199 )     130  
Decrease in prepaid expenses     706       207       576  
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance policies     (234 )     (258 )     (183 )
Decrease in income tax receivable     311       242       147  
(Increase) decrease in other assets     (637 )     (26 )     41  
Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses     734       927       (442 )
Decrease in interest payable     (55 )     (75 )     (164 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities     346       473       (587 )
Issuance of shares for directors’ fees     34       24       28  
Stock based compensation-restricted stock awards     143              
Net cash provided by operating activities     9,691       7,117       6,784  
Investing Activities                        
Proceeds from maturities of interest-bearing time deposits with other banks                 5,000  
Purchase of interest-bearing time deposits with other banks     (738 )            
Redemption of Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock     407       285        
Purchases of securities available-for-sale           (6,288 )     (45,831 )
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale           2,771        
Proceeds from calls of securities available-for-sale     3,800       12,625       27,565  
Proceeds from maturities of securities available-for-sale     23,888       22,420       15,498  
Proceeds from maturities of securities held-to-maturity           50       6  
Loan originations and principal collections, net     (52,088 )     (18,888 )     (22,556 )
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off     31       100       82  
Proceeds from sales of other real estate owned     1,423       2,098       492  
Purchase of life insurance policies                 (3,000 )
Proceeds from sales/disposals of premises and equipment                 200  
Capital expenditures     (556 )     (380 )     (821 )
Proceeds from sales of investment in real estate                 75  
Net cash (utilized) provided by investing activities     (23,833 )     14,793       (23,290 )

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

40
 

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (Continued)

 

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Financing Activities                        
(Decrease) increase in deposit transaction accounts, net     (2,997 )     29,724       62,367  
Decrease in time deposits, net     (10,849 )     (9,815 )     (21,350 )
Increase (decrease) in securities sold under agreements to repurchase, net     770       (10,364 )     (1,042 )
Principal payments on Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston advances     (1,569 )     (22,635 )     (18,197 )
Proceeds from issuance of Series B preferred stock                 16,000  
Redemption of Series A preferred stock                 (8,816 )
Redemption of common stock warrants                 (205 )
Common stock dividends paid     (1,915 )     (1,892 )     (1,891 )
Series A and Series B preferred stock dividends paid     (161 )     (240 )     (382 )
Net cash (utilized) provided by financing activities     (16,721 )     (15,222 )     26,484  
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (30,863 )     6,688       9,978  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year     43,574       36,886       26,908  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of year   $ 12,711     $ 43,574     $ 36,886  
Cash paid during year                        
Interest   $ 3,117     $ 4,357     $ 5,723  
Income taxes     732       946       673  
Non-cash transfers                        
From loans to other real estate owned     1,689       1,047       3,057  
From other real estate owned to loans           (1,326 )     200  
The Company recorded a capital lease asset and incurred a capital lease obligation in connection with the lease of a building     425              

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

41
 

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiary

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Salisbury is the bank holding company for Salisbury Bank, a State chartered commercial bank. Salisbury's activity is currently limited to the holding of the Bank's outstanding capital stock and the Bank is Salisbury's only subsidiary and its primary investment. The Bank is a Connecticut chartered and Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the "FDIC") insured commercial bank headquartered in Lakeville, Connecticut. The Bank's principal business consists of attracting deposits from the public and using such deposits, with other funds, to make various types of loans and investments. The Bank conducts its business through eight full-service offices located in Litchfield, Berkshire and Dutchess Counties in Connecticut, Massachusetts and New York, respectively, and recently took steps to establish a new branch in Great Barrington, Massachusetts. The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles. The following is a summary of significant accounting policies:

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include those of Salisbury and its subsidiary after elimination of all inter-company accounts and transactions.

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. In preparing the financial statements, management is required to make extensive use of estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the statement of condition, and revenues and expenses for the period. Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses. In connection with the determination of the allowance for loan losses, management obtains independent appraisals for significant properties.

Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2011 and 2012 financial statements to make them consistent with the 2013 presentation.

Securities

Securities that may be sold as part of Salisbury's asset/liability or liquidity management or in response to or in anticipation of changes in interest rates and resulting prepayment risk, or for other similar factors, are classified as available-for-sale and carried at their fair market value. Unrealized holding gains and losses on such securities are reported net of related taxes, if applicable, as a separate component of shareholders' equity. Securities that Salisbury has the ability and positive intent to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity and carried at amortized cost. Realized gains and losses on the sales of all securities are reported in earnings and computed using the specific identification cost basis. Securities are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”). Premiums and discounts are amortized or accreted utilizing the interest method over the life or call of the term of the investment security. For any debt security with a fair value less than its amortized cost basis, Salisbury will determine whether it has the intent to sell the debt security or whether it is more likely than not it will be required to sell the debt security before the recovery of its amortized cost basis. If either condition is met, Salisbury will recognize a full impairment charge to earnings. For all other debt securities that are considered OTTI and do not meet either condition, the credit loss portion of impairment will be recognized in earnings as realized losses. The OTTI related to all other factors will be recorded in other comprehensive income. Declines in marketable equity securities below their cost that are deemed other than temporary are reflected in earnings as realized losses.

Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston Stock

The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”). The FHLBB is a cooperative that provides services, including funding in the form of advances, to its member banking institutions. As a requirement of membership, the Bank must own a minimum amount of FHLBB stock, calculated periodically based primarily on its level of borrowings from the FHLBB. No market exists for shares of the FHLBB and therefore, they are carried at par value. FHLBB stock may be redeemed at par value five years following termination of FHLBB membership, subject to limitations which may be imposed by the FHLBB or its regulator, the Federal Housing Finance Board, to maintain capital adequacy of the FHLBB. While the Bank currently has no intentions to terminate its FHLBB membership, the ability to redeem its investment in FHLBB stock would be subject to the conditions imposed by the FHLBB. In 2008, the FHLBB announced to its members that it is focusing on preserving capital in response to ongoing market volatility including the extension of a moratorium on excess stock repurchases and in 2009 announced the suspension of its quarterly dividends. On February 22, 2011, the FHLBB declared a modest cash dividend payable to its members on March 2, 2011. The FHLBB continued to declare modest cash dividends through 2013. Based on the capital adequacy and the liquidity position of the FHLBB, management believes there is no impairment related to the carrying amount of the Bank’s FHLBB stock as of December 31, 2013. Further deterioration of the FHLBB’s capital levels may require the Bank to deem its restricted investment in FHLBB stock to be OTTI. If evidence of impairment exists in the future, the FHLBB stock would reflect fair value using either observable or unobservable inputs. The Bank will continue to monitor its investment in FHLBB stock.

Loans

Loans receivable consist of loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off. Loans receivable are reported at their principal outstanding balance, net of unamortized deferred loan origination fees and costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Deferred loan origination fees and costs are amortized as an adjustment to yield over the lives of the related loans.

Loans held-for-sale consist of residential mortgage loans that management has the intent to sell. Loans held-for-sale are valued at the lower of cost or market as determined by outstanding commitments from investors or current investor yield requirements calculated on the aggregate loan basis, net of deferred loan origination fees and costs. Changes in the carrying value, deferred loan origination fees and costs, and realized gains and losses on sales of loans held-for-sale are reported in earnings as gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans, net, when the proceeds are received from investors.

The accrual of interest on loans, including troubled debt restructured loans, is generally discontinued when principal or interest is past due by 90 days or more, or earlier when, in the opinion of management, full collection of principal or interest is unlikely, except for loans that are well collateralized, in the process of collection and where full collection of principal and interest is assured. When a loan is placed on non-accrual status, interest previously accrued but not collected is reversed against current income. Income on such loans, including impaired loans, is then recognized only to the extent that cash is received and future collection of principal is probable. Loans, including troubled debt restructured loans, are restored to accrual status when principal and interest payments are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured, following a sustained period of repayment performance by the borrower in accordance with the loan's contractual terms.

42
 

Troubled debt restructured loans include those for which concessions such as reduction of interest rates, other than normal market rate adjustments, or deferral of principal or interest payments, extension of maturity dates, or reduction of principal balance or accrued interest, have been granted due to a borrower’s financial condition. The decision to restructure a loan, versus aggressively enforcing the collection of the loan, may benefit Salisbury by increasing the ultimate probability of collection.

Troubled debt restructured loans are classified as accruing or non-accruing based on management’s assessment of the collectability of the loan. Loans which are already on non-accrual status at the time of the troubled debt restructuring generally remain on non-accrual status for approximately six months before management considers such loans for return to accruing status. Accruing troubled debt restructured loans are generally placed into non-accrual status if and when the borrower fails to comply with the restructured terms.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of the probable credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the reporting date. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to earnings and by recoveries of amounts previously charged off, and is reduced by loan charge-offs. Loan charge-offs are recognized when management determines a loan or portion of a loan to be uncollectible.

The determination of the adequacy of the allowance is based on management’s ongoing review of numerous factors, including the growth and composition of the loan portfolio, historical loss experience over an economic cycle, probable credit losses based upon internal and external portfolio reviews, credit risk concentrations, changes in lending policy, current economic conditions, analysis of current levels and asset quality, delinquency levels and trends, estimates of the current value of underlying collateral, the performance of individual loans in relation to contract terms, and other pertinent factors.

While management believes that the allowance for loan losses is adequate, the allowance is an estimate, and ultimate losses may vary from management’s estimate. Future additions to the allowance may also be necessary based on changes in assumptions and economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies periodically review the allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

Changes in the estimate are recorded in the results of operations in the period in which they become known, along with provisions for estimated losses incurred during that period.

The allowance for loan losses is computed by segregating the portfolio into three components: (1) loans collectively evaluated for impairment: general loss allocation factors for non-impaired loans based on loan product, collateral type and abundance, loan risk rating, historical loss experience, delinquency factors and other similar economic indicators, (2) loans individually evaluated for impairment: individual loss allocations for loans deemed to be impaired based on discounted cash flows or collateral value, and (3) unallocated: general loss allocations for other environmental factors.

Loans collectively evaluated for impairment

This component of the allowance for loan losses is stratified by the following loan segments: residential real estate secured (residential 1-4 family and 5+ multifamily, construction of residential 1-4 family, and home equity credit), commercial real estate secured (commercial and construction of commercial), secured by land (farm and vacant land), commercial and industrial, municipal and consumer. Management’s general loss allocation factors are based on expected loss experience adjusted for historical loss experience and other qualitative factors, including levels/trends in delinquencies; trends in volume and terms of loans; effects of changes in risk selection and underwriting standards and other changes in lending policies, procedures and practices; experience/ability/depth of lending management and staff; and national and local economic trends and conditions. There were no changes in Salisbury’s policies or methodology pertaining to the general component of the allowance for loan losses during 2013.

The qualitative factors are determined based on the various risk characteristics of each loan segment. Risk characteristics relevant to each portfolio segment are as follows:

Residential real estate - Salisbury generally does not originate loans with a loan-to-value ratio greater than 80 percent and does not grant subprime loans. All loans in this segment are collateralized by owner-occupied residential real estate and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower. The overall health of the economy, including unemployment rates and housing prices, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Commercial real estate - Loans in this segment are primarily income-producing properties throughout Salisbury’s market area. The underlying cash flows generated by the properties are adversely impacted by a downturn in the economy as evidenced by increased vacancy rates which, in turn, will have an effect on the credit quality in this segment. For commercial loans management annually obtains business and personal financial statements, tax returns, and, where applicable, rent rolls, and continually monitors the repayment of these loans.

Construction loans - Loans in this segment are primarily residential construction loans which typically roll into a permanent residential mortgage loan when construction is completed, or commercial construction which consist primarily of owner occupied commercial construction projects.

Commercial loans - Loans in this segment are made to businesses and are generally secured by assets of the business. Repayment is expected from the cash flows of the business. A weakened economy, and resultant decreased consumer spending, has an effect on the credit quality in this segment.

Consumer loans - Loans in this segment are generally unsecured and repayment is dependent on the credit quality of the individual borrower.

Loans individually evaluated for impairment

This component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. Impairment is measured on a loan by loan basis for all portfolio loans except consumer loans, by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. An allowance is established when the discounted cash flows (or collateral value) of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.

43
 

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Salisbury will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed.

Salisbury periodically may agree to modify the contractual terms of loans. When a loan is modified and a concession is made to a borrower experiencing financial difficulty, the modification is considered a troubled debt restructuring ("TDR"). All TDRs are classified as impaired.

Unallocated

An unallocated component is maintained to cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component of the allowance reflects the margin of imprecision inherent in the underlying assumptions used in the methodologies for estimating allocated and general reserves in the portfolio.

Other Real Estate Owned (“OREO”)

Salisbury's loans collateralized by real estate and all other real estate owned (“OREO”) are located principally in northwestern Connecticut and nearby New York and Massachusetts towns, which constitute Salisbury's service area. Accordingly, the collectability of a substantial portion of the loan portfolio and OREO is particularly susceptible to changes in market conditions in Salisbury’s service area. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans and OREO, future additions to the allowance or write-downs of OREO may be necessary based on changes in local economic conditions, particularly in Salisbury’s service area. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review Salisbury's allowance for loan losses and valuation of OREO. Such agencies may require Salisbury to recognize additions to the allowance or write-downs based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.

OREO consists of properties acquired through foreclosure or a deed in lieu of foreclosure. These properties are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less estimated costs to sell. Any write-down from cost to estimated fair value required at the time of foreclosure is charged to the allowance for loan losses. A valuation allowance is maintained for declines in market value and for estimated selling expenses. Increases to the valuation allowance, expenses associated with ownership of these properties, and gains and losses from their sale are included in OREO expense.

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided for differences arising in the timing of income and expenses for financial reporting and for income tax purposes using the asset/liability method of accounting for income taxes. Deferred income taxes and tax benefits are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Salisbury provides deferred taxes for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carry-forwards when realization is assured beyond a reasonable doubt.

Bank Premises and Equipment

Bank premises, furniture and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized on the straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the improvements or the term of the related leases.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets consist of core deposit intangibles and goodwill. Intangible assets equal the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the tangible net assets acquired in acquisitions accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Salisbury’s assets at December 31, 2013, and 2012, include goodwill of $2,358,000 arising from the purchase of a branch office in 2001, $7,152,000 arising from the 2004 acquisition of Canaan National Bancorp, Inc. and $319,000 arising from the 2007 purchase of a branch office in New York State. See Note 7.

On an annual basis management assesses intangible assets for impairment, and for the year ending December 31, 2013, concluded there was no impairment. If a permanent loss in value is indicated, an impairment charge to income will be recognized.

Statement of Cash Flows

For the purpose of the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash and due from banks and interest-bearing demand deposits with other financial institutions.

Computation of Earnings per Share

Basic earnings per share are computed using the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year. The computation of diluted earnings per share is similar to the computation of basic earnings per share except the denominator is increased to include the number of additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued. See Note 21.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2011, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued ASU 2011-11, “Balance Sheet (Topic 210): Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities.” The objective of this ASU is to enhance current disclosures. Entities are required to disclose both gross information and net information about both instruments and transactions eligible for offset in the statement of financial position and instruments and transactions subject to an agreement similar to a master netting arrangement. The amendments in this ASU are effective for annual periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. An entity should provide the disclosures required by those amendments retrospectively for all comparative periods presented. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

44
 

In October 2012, the FASB issued ASU 2012-06, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Subsequent Accounting for an Indemnification Asset Recognized at the Acquisition Date as a Result of a Government-Assisted Acquisition of a Financial Institution.” The amendments in this update clarify the applicable guidance for subsequently measuring an indemnification asset recognized as a result of a government-assisted acquisition of a financial institution. The amendments in this update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years beginning on or after December 15, 2012. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-02, “Comprehensive Income (Topic 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income.” The amendments in this update do not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements. However, the amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. Early adoption is permitted. The required disclosures have been reflected in the accompanying footnotes to the consolidated financial statements.

In February 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-04, “Liabilities (Topic 405): Obligations Resulting from Joint and Several Liability Arrangements for Which the Total Amount of the Obligation Is Fixed at the Reporting Date.” The objective of the amendments in this ASU is to provide guidance for the recognition, measurement, and disclosure of obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of this guidance is fixed at the reporting date, except for obligations addressed within existing guidance in U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). Examples of obligations within the scope of this ASU include debt arrangements, other contractual obligations, and settled litigation and judicial rulings. The amendments in this ASU are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013; and should be applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented for those obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements within the ASU scope that exist at the beginning of an entity’s fiscal year of adoption. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In April 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-07, “Presentation of Financial Statements (Topic 205): Liquidation Basis of Accounting.” The amendments in this ASU are being issued to clarify when an entity should apply the liquidation basis of accounting. The guidance provides principles for the recognition and measurement of assets and liabilities and requirements for financial statements prepared using the liquidation basis of accounting. Additionally, the amendments require disclosures about an entity’s plan for liquidation, the methods and significant assumptions used to measure assets and liabilities, the type and amount of costs and income accrued, and the expected duration of the liquidation process. The amendments are effective for entities that determine liquidation is imminent during annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013, and interim reporting periods therein. Entities should apply the requirements prospectively from the day that liquidation becomes imminent. Early adoption is permitted. The Company anticipates that the adoption of this guidance will not have an impact on its consolidated financial statements.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-10, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) – Inclusion of the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (or Overnight Index Swap Rate) as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes.” The amendments in this ASU permit the Fed Funds Effective Swap Rate (OIS) to be used as a U.S. benchmark interest rate for hedge accounting purposes under Topic 815, in addition to Treasury Obligations of the U.S. government (UST) and the London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The amendments also remove the restriction on using different benchmark rates for similar hedges. The amendments apply to all entities that elect to apply hedge accounting of the benchmark interest rate under Topic 815. The amendments are effective prospectively for qualifying new or redesignated hedging relationships entered into on or after July 17, 2013. The adoption of this ASU did not have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In July 2013, the FASB issued ASU 2013-11, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists.” The amendments in this ASU provide guidance for the financial statement presentation of an unrecognized tax benefit when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists. The amendments in this ASU are expected to reduce diversity in practice by providing guidance on the presentation of unrecognized tax benefits and will better reflect the manner in which an entity would settle at the reporting date any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position when net operating loss carryforwards, similar tax losses, or tax credit carryforwards exist. The amendments apply to all entities that have unrecognized tax benefits when a net operating loss carryforward, a similar tax loss, or a tax credit carryforward exists at the reporting date and are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have an impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial position.

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-01, “Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects.” The amendments in this ASU apply to all reporting entities that invest in qualified affordable housing projects through limited liability entities that are flow-through entities for tax purposes as follows:

1. For reporting entities that meet the conditions for and that elect to use the proportional amortization method to account for investments in qualified affordable housing projects, all amendments in this ASU apply.
2. For reporting entities that do not meet the conditions for or that do not elect the proportional amortization method, only the amendments in this ASU that are related to disclosures apply.

The amendments in this ASU permit reporting entities to make an accounting policy election to account for their investments in qualified affordable housing projects using the proportional amortization method if certain conditions are met. Under the proportional amortization method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit). For those investments in qualified affordable housing projects not accounted for using the proportional amortization method, the investment should be accounted for as an equity method investment or a cost method investment in accordance with Subtopic 970-323. The amendments in this ASU should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented. A reporting entity that uses the effective yield method to account for its investments in qualified affordable housing projects before the date of adoption may continue to apply the effective yield method for those preexisting investments. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods and interim reporting periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect that the adoption of this ASU will have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

45
 

In January 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-04, “Receivables-Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.” The objective of the amendments in this ASU is to reduce diversity by clarifying when an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan such that the loan receivable should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized. The amendments in this ASU clarify that an in substance repossession or foreclosure occurs, and a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either (1) the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure or (2) the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Additionally, the amendments require interim and annual disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction. The amendments in this ASU are effective for public business entities for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2014. An entity can elect to adopt the amendments in this ASU using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method. The Company is reviewing this ASU to determine if there will be a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

 

46
 

NOTE 2 - SECURITIES

The composition of securities is as follows:

(in thousands)   Amortized
cost (1)
  Gross un-
realized gains
  Gross un-
realized losses
  Fair value
December 31, 2013                                
Available-for-sale                                
U.S. Treasury notes   $ 2,497     $ 160     $     $ 2,657  
U.S. Government Agency notes     2,507       83             2,590  
Municipal bonds     41,775       782       (2,120 )     40,437  
Mortgage-backed securities                                
U.S. Government Agencies     33,522       442       (72 )     33,892  
Collateralized mortgage obligations                                
U.S. Government Agencies     3,545       35             3,580  
Non-agency     7,923       401       (16 )     8,308  
SBA bonds     2,042       188             2,230  
Preferred Stock     20       777             797  
Total securities available-for-sale   $ 93,831     $ 2,868     $ (2,208 )   $ 94,491  
Non-marketable securities                                
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock   $ 5,340     $     $     $ 5,340  
(1) Net of other-than-temporary impairment write-downs recognized in earnings.
(in thousands)   Amortized
cost (1)
  Gross un-
realized gains
  Gross un-
realized losses
  Fair value
December 31, 2012                                
Available-for-sale                                
U.S. Treasury notes   $ 2,496     $ 237     $     $ 2,733  
U.S. Government Agency notes     7,515       211             7,726  
Municipal bonds     45,395       2,138       (168 )     47,365  
Mortgage-backed securities                                
U.S. Government Agencies     47,465       1,284       (20 )     48,729  
Collateralized mortgage obligations                                
U.S. Government Agencies     5,131       66             5,197  
Non-agency     11,081       494       (68 )     11,507  
SBA bonds     2,781       82             2,863  
Preferred Stock     20       147             167  
Total securities available-for-sale   $ 121,884     $ 4,659     $ (256 )   $ 126,287  
Non-marketable securities                                
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston stock   $ 5,747     $     $     $ 5,747  

Sales of securities available-for-sale and gains realized are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Proceeds   $     $ 2,771     $  
Gains realized           267        
Losses realized                  
Net gains realized           267        
Income tax provision           91        

47
 

The following table summarizes, for all securities, including debt securities for which a portion of other-than-temporary impairment has been recognized in other comprehensive income, in an unrealized loss position, the aggregate fair value and gross unrealized loss of securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position as of the dates presented:

    Less than 12 Months   12 Months or Longer   Total
(in thousands)   Fair
value
  Unrealized
losses
  Fair
value
  Unrealized
losses
  Fair
Value
  Unrealized
losses
December 31, 2013                        
Available-for-sale                                                
Municipal bonds   $ 19,714     $ 1,428     $ 2,323     $ 692     $ 22,037     $ 2,120  
Mortgage-backed securities     15,096       20       2,132       52       17,228       72  
Collateralized mortgage obligations                                                
Non-agency     398       2       294       10       692       12  
Total temporarily impaired securities     35,208       1,450       4,749       754       39,957       2,204  
Other-than-temporarily impaired securities                                                
Collateralized mortgage obligations                                                
Non-agency     320       4                   320       4  
Total temporarily impaired and other-than-                                                
temporarily impaired securities   $ 35,528     $ 1,454     $ 4,749     $ 754     $ 40,277     $ 2,208  
December 31, 2012                                                
Available-for-sale                                                
Municipal bonds   $ 839     $ 20     $ 2,360     $ 148     $ 3,199     $ 168  
Mortgage-backed securities     3,021       19       44       1       3,065       20  
Collateralized mortgage obligations                                                
Non-agency     612       2       901       17       1,513       19  
Total temporarily impaired securities     4,472       41       3,305       166       7,777       207  
Other-than-temporarily impaired securities                                                
Collateralized mortgage obligations                                                
Non-agency     535       6       1,963       43       2,498       49  
Total temporarily impaired and other-than-                                                
temporarily impaired securities   $ 5,007     $ 47     $ 5,268     $ 209     $ 10,275     $ 256  

Securities amortized cost; fair value and tax equivalent yield by maturity are as follows:

December 31, 2013 (dollars in thousands)   Amortized cost   Fair value   Yield(1)
U.S. Treasury notes   After 1 year but within 5 years   $ 2,497     $ 2,657       3.00 %
U.S. Government Agency notes   Within 1 year                  
    After 15 years     2,507       2,590       5.38  
    Total     2,507       2,590       5.38  
Municipal bonds   Within 1 year     3,686       3,935       6.90  
    After 1 year but within 5 years     4,095       4,486       6.84  
    After 5 years but within 10 years     2,140       2,171       6.33  
    After 10 years but within 15 years     1,832       1,826       6.25  
    After 15 years     30,022       28,019       6.60  
    Total     41,775       40,437       6.62  
Mortgage-backed securities   U.S. Government Agency     33,522       33,892       3.47  
Collateralized mortgage obligations   U.S. Government Agency     3,545       3,580       1.19  
    Non-agency     7,923       8,308       4.51  
SBA bonds         2,042       2,230       2.57  
Preferred Stock         20       797       3.58  
Securities available-for-sale       $ 93,831     $ 94,491       4.89  

(1) Yield is based on amortized cost.

Salisbury evaluates securities for OTTI where the fair value of a security is less than its amortized cost basis at the balance sheet date. As part of this process, Salisbury considers whether it has the intent to sell each debt security and whether it is more likely than not that it will be required to sell the security before its anticipated recovery. If either of these conditions are met, Salisbury recognizes an OTTI charge to earnings equal to the entire difference between the security’s amortized cost basis and its fair value at the balance sheet date. For securities that meet neither of these conditions, an analysis is performed to determine if any of these securities are at risk for OTTI.

The following summarizes, by security type, the basis for evaluating if the applicable securities were OTTI at December 31, 2013.

48
 

U.S Government Agency notes, U.S. Government Agency mortgage-backed securities and U.S. Government Agency CMOs: The contractual cash flows are guaranteed by U.S. government agencies and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises. Changes in fair values are a function of changes in investment spreads and interest rate movements and not changes in credit quality. Management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. Furthermore, Salisbury evaluates these securities for strategic fit and may reduce its position in these securities, although it is not more likely than not that Salisbury will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis, which may be maturity. Therefore, management does not consider these securities to be OTTI at December 31, 2013.

Municipal bonds: Contractual cash flows are performing as expected. Salisbury purchased substantially all of these securities during 2006-to-2008 as bank qualified, insured, AAA rated general obligation or revenue bonds. Salisbury’s portfolio is mostly comprised of tax-exempt general obligation bonds or public-purpose revenue bonds for schools, municipal offices, sewer infrastructure and fire houses, for small towns and municipalities across the United States. In the wake of the financial crisis, most monoline bond insurers had their ratings downgraded or withdrawn because of excessive exposure to insurance for collateralized debt obligations. Where appropriate Salisbury performs credit underwriting reviews of issuers, including some that have had their ratings withdrawn and are insured by insurers that have had their ratings withdrawn, to assess default risk. For all completed reviews, pass credit risk ratings have been assigned. Management expects to recover the entire amortized cost basis of these securities. It is not more likely than not that Salisbury will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis, which may be maturity. Management does not consider these securities to be OTTI at December 31, 2013.

Non-agency CMOs: Salisbury performed a detailed cash flow analysis of its non-agency CMOs at December 31, 2013, to assess whether any of the securities were OTTI. Salisbury uses first party provided cash flow forecasts for each security based on a variety of market driven assumptions and securitization terms, including prepayment speed, default or delinquency rate, and default severity for losses including interest, legal fees, property repairs, expenses and realtor fees, that, together with the loan amount are subtracted from collateral sales proceeds to determine severity. In 2009, Salisbury determined that five non-agency CMO securities reflected OTTI and recognized losses for deterioration in credit quality of $1,128,000. Salisbury judged the four remaining securities not to have additional OTTI and all other CMO securities not to be OTTI as of December 31, 2013. It is possible that future loss assumptions could change necessitating Salisbury to recognize future OTTI for further deterioration in credit quality. Salisbury evaluates these securities for strategic fit and depending upon such factor could reduce its position in these securities, although it has no present intention to do so, and it is not more likely than not that Salisbury will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their cost basis.

Securities for which an OTTI has been recognized are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Non-Agency CMOs                
OTTI losses (unrealized and realized)   $     $  
Less: unrealized OTTI recognized in other comprehensive (loss) income            
Net impairment losses recognized in earnings   $     $  

The following table presents activity related to credit losses recognized into earnings on the non-agency CMOs held by Salisbury for which a portion of an OTTI charge was recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Balance, beginning of period   $ 1,128     $ 1,128  
Credit component on debt securities in which OTTI was not previously recognized            
Balance, end of period   $ 1,128     $ 1,128  

 

49
 

 

NOTE 3 - LOANS

The composition of loans receivable and loans held-for-sale is as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Residential 1-4 family   $ 231,113     $ 198,552  
Residential 5+ multifamily     4,848       3,889  
Construction of residential 1-4 family     1,876       2,379  
Home equity credit     34,139       34,162  
Residential real estate     271,976       238,982  
Commercial     91,853       87,382  
Construction of commercial     10,948       5,823  
Commercial real estate     102,801       93,205  
Farm land     3,402       4,320  
Vacant land     9,067       9,926  
Real estate secured     387,246       346,433  
Commercial and industrial     46,292       38,094  
Municipal     4,252       3,378  
Consumer     3,889       4,181  
Loans receivable, gross     441,679       392,086  
Deferred loan origination fees and costs, net     1,182       1,032  
Allowance for loan losses     (4,683 )     (4,360 )
Loans receivable, net   $ 438,178     $ 388,758  
Loans held-for-sale                
Residential 1-4 family   $ 173     $ 1,879  

Salisbury has entered into loan participation agreements with other banks and transferred a portion of its originated loans to the participating banks. Transferred amounts are accounted for as sales and excluded from Salisbury’s loans receivable. Salisbury and its participating lenders share ratably in any gains or losses that may result from a borrower’s lack of compliance with contractual terms of the loan. Salisbury services the loans on behalf of the participating lenders and, as such, collects cash payments from the borrowers, remits payments (net of servicing fees) to participating lenders and disburses required escrow funds to relevant parties.

At December 31, 2013 and 2012, Salisbury serviced commercial loans for other banks under loan participation agreements totaling $24,222,000 and $1,847,000, respectively. Salisbury sold 12 participation loans with original balances totaling $22,632,000 and purchased a participation portion of one commercial line of credit totaling $73,000 in 2013.

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Salisbury's loans consist primarily of residential and commercial real estate loans located principally in northwestern Connecticut and nearby New York and Massachusetts towns, which constitute Salisbury's service area. Salisbury offers a broad range of loan and credit facilities to borrowers in its service area, including residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans, construction loans, working capital loans, equipment loans, and a variety of consumer loans, including home equity lines of credit, and installment and collateral loans. All residential and commercial mortgage loans are collateralized by first or second mortgages on real estate. The ability of single family residential and consumer borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is generally dependent on the level of overall economic activity within the market area and real estate values. The ability of commercial borrowers to honor their repayment commitments is dependent on the general economy as well as the health of the real estate economic sector in Salisbury’s market area.

Credit Quality

Salisbury uses credit risk ratings to determine its allowance for loan losses. Credit risk ratings categorize loans by common financial and structural characteristics that measure the credit strength of a borrower. The rating model has eight risk rating grades, with each grade corresponding to a progressively greater risk of default. Grades 1 through 4 are pass ratings and 5 through 8 are criticized as defined by the regulatory agencies. Risk ratings are assigned to differentiate risk within the portfolio and are reviewed on an ongoing basis and revised, if needed, to reflect changes in the borrowers' current financial position and outlook, risk profiles and the related collateral and structural positions.

Loans rated as "special mention" possess credit deficiencies or potential weaknesses deserving management’s close attention that if left uncorrected may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the loans at some future date.

Loans rated as "substandard" are loans where the Bank’s position is clearly not protected adequately by borrower current net worth or payment capacity. These loans have well defined weaknesses based on objective evidence and include loans where future losses to the Bank may result if deficiencies are not corrected, and loans where the primary source of repayment such as income is diminished and the Bank must rely on sale of collateral or other secondary sources of collection.

Loans rated "doubtful" have the same weaknesses as substandard loans with the added characteristic that the weakness makes collection or liquidation in full, given current facts, conditions, and values, to be highly improbable. The possibility of loss is high, but due to certain important and reasonably specific pending factors, which may work to strengthen the loan, its reclassification as an estimated loss is deferred until its exact status can be determined.

Loans classified as "loss" are considered uncollectible and of such little value that continuance as Bank assets is unwarranted. This classification does not mean that the loan has absolutely no recovery or salvage value, but rather, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off this loan even though partial recovery may be made in the future.

Management actively reviews and tests its credit risk ratings against actual experience and engages an independent third-party to annually validate its assignment of credit risk ratings. In addition, the Bank’s loan portfolio is examined periodically by its regulatory agencies, the FDIC and CTDOB.

50
 

The composition of loans receivable by risk rating grade is as follows:

(in thousands)   Pass   Special mention   Substandard   Doubtful   Loss   Total
December 31, 2013                                                
Residential 1-4 family   $ 212,683     $ 12,338     $ 5,997     $ 95     $     $ 231,113  
Residential 5+ multifamily     2,674       1,199       975                   4,848  
Construction of residential 1-4 family     1,876                               1,876  
Home equity credit     31,444       1,355       1,340                   34,139  
Residential real estate     248,677       14,892       8,312       95             271,976  
Commercial     67,554       16,044       8,255                   91,853  
Construction of commercial     10,257       102       589                   10,948  
Commercial real estate     77,811       16,146       8,844                   102,801  
Farm land     847       1,421       1,134                   3,402  
Vacant land     5,640       288       3,139                   9,067  
Real estate secured     332,975       32,747       21,429       95             387,246  
Commercial and industrial     37,860       7,452       980                   46,292  
Municipal     4,252                               4,252  
Consumer     3,739       113       37                   3,889  
Loans receivable, gross   $ 378,826     $ 40,312     $ 22,446     $ 95     $     $ 441,679  
December 31, 2012                                                
Residential 1-4 family   $ 180,442     $ 12,473     $ 5,538     $ 99     $     $ 198,552  
Residential 5+ multifamily     2,872       773       244                   3,889  
Construction of residential 1-4 family     1,570             809                   2,379  
Home equity credit     30,981       1,848       1,333                   34,162  
Residential real estate     215,865       15,094       7,924       99             238,982  
Commercial     64,817       13,299       9,266                   87,382  
Construction of commercial     5,055       297       471                   5,823  
Commercial real estate     69,872       13,596       9,737                   93,205  
Farm land     2,799       341       1,180                   4,320  
Vacant land     4,885       863       4,178                   9,926  
Real estate secured     293,421       29,894       23,019       99             346,433  
Commercial and industrial     28,453       8,300       1,341                   38,094  
Municipal     3,378                               3,378  
Consumer     3,994       159       28                   4,181  
Loans receivable, gross   $ 329,246     $ 38,353     $ 24,388     $ 99     $     $ 392,086  

51
 

The composition of loans receivable by delinquency status is as follows:

      Past due          
                                              180 days        30 days       Accruing 90           
(in thousands)     Current       1-29 days       30-59 days        60-89 days        90-179 days        and over       and over        days and over       Non- accrual   
December 31, 2013                                                                        
Residential 1-4 family   $ 222,356     $ 3,853     $ 1,795     $ 2,622     $ 353     $ 134     $ 4,904     $     $ 1,525  
Residential 5+ multifamily     4,749                   99                   99              
Residential 1-4 family construction     1,876                                                  
Home equity credit     33,391       129       361       125             133       619             402  
Residential real estate     262,372       3,982       2,156       2,846       353       267       5,622             1,927  
Commercial     89,434       566       371       108       235       1,139       1,853             1,857  
Construction of commercial     9,784       1,025             139                   139              
Commercial real estate     99,218       1,591       371       247       235       1,139       1,992             1,857  
Farm land     2,995       23                         384       384             384  
Vacant land     6,058       139                         2,870       2,870             2,870  
Real estate secured     370,643       5,735       2,527       3,093       588       4,660       10,868             7,038  
Commercial and industrial     45,897       262       112                   21       133             134  
Municipal     4,252                                                  
Consumer     3,746       113       29       1                   30              
Loans receivable, gross   $ 424,538     $ 6,110     $ 2,668     $ 3,094     $ 588     $ 4,681     $ 11,031     $     $ 7,172  
December 31, 2012                                                                        
Residential 1-4 family   $ 190,488     $ 2,545     $ 3,578     $ 639     $ 1,185     $ 117     $ 5,519     $     $ 3,024  
Residential 5+ multifamily     3,889                                                  
Residential 1-4 family construction     2,379                                                  
Home equity credit     32,540       890       113       396             223       732             442  
Residential real estate     229,296       3,435       3,691       1,035       1,185       340       6,251             3,466  
Commercial     83,477       864       1,104       566       58       1,313       3,041             2,214  
Construction of commercial     5,659             164                         164             21  
Commercial real estate     89,136       864       1,268       566       58       1,313       3,205             2,235  
Farm land     3,898       422                                            
Vacant land     5,932                   48       740       3,206       3,994             3,995  
Real estate secured     328,262       4,721       4,959       1,649       1,983       4,859       13,450             9,696  
Commercial and industrial     37,618       351       26       99                   125             164  
Municipal     3,378                                                  
Consumer     4,034       108       25       14                   39              
Loans receivable, gross   $ 373,292     $ 5,180     $ 5,010     $ 1,762     $ 1,983     $ 4,859     $ 13,614     $     $ 9,860  

Interest on non-accrual loans that would have been recorded as additional interest income for the years ended December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 had the loans been current in accordance with their original terms totaled $522,000, $507,000 and $700,000, respectively.

52
 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

Troubled debt restructurings occurring during the periods are as follows:

    December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
(in thousands)   Quantity   Pre-modification balance   Post-modification balance   Quantity   Pre-modification balance   Post-modification balance
Residential real estate     6     $ 2,434     $ 2,434       9     $ 2,002     $ 2,002  
Land     2       225       225                    
Commercial real estate                       4       1,871       1,871  
Consumer     1       22       22                    
Commercial and industrial     1       91       91       4       528       528  
Troubled debt restructurings     10     $ 2,772     $ 2,772       17     $ 4,401     $ 4,401  
Rate reduction and term extension     5     $ 813     $ 813       3     $ 513     $ 513  
Interest only pursuant to sale     1       40       40                    
Debt consolidation and term extension                       4       2,276       2,276  
Rate reduction     2       1,070       1,070       3       727       727  
Rate reduction interest only     1       758       758       2       625       625  
Debt consolidation, rate reduction and term extension, note bifurcation                       1       99       99  
Rate reduction and debt consolidation     1       91       91                    
Refinance                       1       80       80  
Modification pursuant to bankruptcy                       1       34       34  
Seasonal interest only concession                       1       26       26  
Term extension                       1       21       21  
Troubled debt restructurings     10     $ 2,772     $ 2,772       17     $ 4,401     $ 4,401  

Ten loans were restructured during 2013, of which one loan, totaling $64,000, was past due 30-59 days and one loan totaling $449,000 was past due 90-179 days at December 31, 2013.

Impaired loans

Loans individually evaluated for impairment (impaired loans) are loans for which Salisbury does not expect to collect all contractual principal and interest in accordance with the contractual terms of the loan. Impaired loans include all modified loans classified as troubled debt restructurings (TDRs) and loans on non-accrual status. The components of impaired loans are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Non-accrual loans, excluding troubled debt restructured loans   $ 5,419     $ 7,579  
Non-accrual troubled debt restructured loans     1,753       2,280  
Accruing troubled debt restructured loans     8,500       6,703  
Total impaired loans   $ 15,672     $ 16,562  
Commitments to lend additional amounts to impaired borrowers   $     $  

53
 

Allowance for Loan Losses

Changes in the allowance for loan losses are as follows:

      December 31, 2013       December 31, 2012  
Years ended     Beginning               Charge-       Reco-       Ending         Beginning                Charge-       Reco-         Ending    
(in thousands)     balance       Provision       offs        veries         balance       balance         Provision       offs         veries         balance    
Residential   $ 1,934     $ 275     $ (271 )   $     $ 1,938     $ 1,479     $ 688     $ (233 )   $     $ 1,934  
Commercial     1,059       528       (208 )     6       1,385       1,139       (52 )     (64 )     36       1,059  
Land     300       147       (221 )           226       409       167       (276 )           300  
Real estate     3,293       950       (700 )     6       3,549       3,027       803       (573 )     36       3,293  
Commercial & industrial     499       65     (4 )     1       561       704       (21 )     (222 )     38       499  
Municipal     36       7                   43       24       12                   36  
Consumer     92       59       (70 )     24       105       79       78       (91 )     26       92  
Unallocated     440     (15 )                 425       242       198                   440  
Totals   $ 4,360     $ 1,066     $ (774 )   $ 31     $ 4,683     $ 4,076     $ 1,070     $ (886 )   $ 100     $ 4,360  
                                                                                 
                                            December 31, 2011  
Years ended                                             Beginning               Charge-       Reco-       Ending  
(in thousands)                                             balance       Provision       offs       veries       balance  
Residential                                           $ 1,504     $ 329     $ (357 )   $ 3     $ 1,479  
Commercial                                             1,132       258       (274 )     23       1,139  
Land                                             392       371       (354 )           409  
Real estate                                             3,028       958       (985 )     26       3,027  
Commercial & industrial                                             540       315       (180 )     29       704  
Municipal                                             51       (27 )                 24  
Consumer                                             164       89       (201 )     27       79  
Unallocated                                             137       105                   242  
Totals                                           $ 3,920     $ 1,440     $ (1,366 )   $ 82     $ 4,076  

54
 

The composition of loans receivable and the allowance for loan losses is as follows:

      Collectively evaluated       Individually evaluated       Total portfolio  
(in thousands)     Loans       Allowance       Loans       Allowance       Loans       Allowance  
December 31, 2013                                                
Residential 1-4 family   $ 225,419     $ 897     $ 5,694     $ 617     $ 231,113     $ 1,514  
Residential 5+ multifamily     3,894       20       954             4,848       20  
Construction of residential 1-4 family     1,876       11                   1,876       11  
Home equity credit     33,689       363       450       30       34,139       393  
Residential real estate     264,878       1,291       7,098       647       271,976       1,938  
Commercial     87,059       977       4,794       282       91,853       1,259  
Construction of commercial     10,948       126                   10,948       126  
Commercial real estate     98,007       1,103       4,794       282       102,801       1,385  
Farm land     3,018       61       384             3,402       61  
Vacant land     5,972       64       3,095       101       9,067       165  
Real estate secured     371,875       2,519       15,371       1,030       387,246       3,549  
Commercial and industrial     45,584       519       708       42       46,292       561  
Municipal     4,252       43                   4,252       43  
Consumer     3,710       36       179       69       3,889       105  
Unallocated allowance                                   425  
Totals   $ 425,421     $ 3,117     $ 16,258     $ 1,141     $ 441,679     $ 4,683  
                                                 
      Collectively evaluated       Individually evaluated       Total portfolio  
(in thousands)     Loans       Allowance       Loans       Allowance       Loans       Allowance  
December 31, 2012                                                
Residential 1-4 family   $ 191,886     $ 743     $ 6,666     $ 652     $ 198,552     $ 1,395  
Residential 5+ multifamily     2,913       22       976       50       3,889       72  
Construction of residential 1-4 family     2,379       10                   2,379       10  
Home equity credit     33,697       365       465       92       34,162       457  
Residential real estate     230,875       1,140       8,107       794       238,982       1,934  
Commercial     81,635       931       5,747       64       87,382       995  
Construction of commercial     5,802       64       21             5,823       64  
Commercial real estate     87,437       995       5,768       64       93,205       1,059  
Farm land     4,320       66                   4,320       66  
Vacant land     5,795       70       4,131       164       9,926       234  
Real estate secured     328,427       2,271       18,006       1,022       346,433       3,293  
Commercial and industrial     37,073       467       1,021       32       38,094       499  
Municipal     3,378       36                   3,378       36  
Consumer     4,061       39       120       53       4,181       92  
Unallocated allowance                                   440  
Totals   $ 372,939     $ 2,813     $ 19,147     $ 1,107     $ 392,086     $ 4,360  

The credit quality segments of loans receivable and the allowance for loan losses are as follows:

      Collectively evaluated       Individually evaluated       Total portfolio  
December 31, 2013 (in thousands)     Loans       Allowance       Loans       Allowance       Loans     Allowance  
Performing loans   $ 416,734     $ 2,835     $ 157     $ 69     $ 416,891     $ 2,904  
Potential problem loans     8,687       282       429       19       9,116       301  
Impaired loans                 15,672       1,053       15,672       1,053  
Unallocated allowance                                   425  
Totals   $ 425,421     $ 3,117     $ 16,258     $ 1,141     $ 441,679     $ 4,683  

55
 

A specific valuation allowance is established for the impairment amount of each impaired loan, calculated using the fair value of expected cash flows or collateral, in accordance with the most likely means of recovery. Certain data with respect to loans individually evaluated for impairment is as follows:

      Impaired loans with specific allowance       Impaired loans with no specific allowance  
      Loan balance       Specific       Income       Loan balance       Income  
(in thousands)     Book       Note       Average       allowance       recognized       Book       Note       Average       recognized  
December 31, 2013                                                                        
Residential 1-4 family   $ 4,409     $ 4,516     $ 3,995     $ 598     $ 99     $ 2,073     $ 2,522     $ 2,285     $ 54  
Home equity credit     72       72       101       30       2       378       428       251       4  
Residential real estate     4,481       4,588       4,096       628       101       2,451       2,950       2,536       58  
Commercial     2,777       2,835       2,349       282       127       1,771       2,299       2,411       47  
Commercial construction                 3                         20       8        
Farm land                                   384       384       118        
Vacant land     3,095       3,889       1,853       101                   100       1,430        
Real estate secured     10,353       11,312       8,301       1,011       228       4,606       5,753       6,503       105  
Commercial and industrial     119       154       233       42       1       573       975       595       36  
Consumer                                   22       22              
Totals   $ 10,472     $ 11,466     $ 8,534     $ 1,053     $ 229     $ 5,201     $ 6,750     $ 7,098     $ 141  
December 31, 2012                                                                        
Residential 1-4 family   $ 3,857     $ 3,925     $ 2,404     $ 578     $ 77     $ 2,263     $ 2,460     $ 1,601     $ 34  
Home equity credit     351       351       146       92             91       93       203        
Residential real estate     4,208       4,276       2,550       670       77       2,354       2,553       1,804       34  
Commercial     1,629       1,784       1,925       64       60       3,381       3,576       3,122       82  
Vacant land     3,186       3,387       1,455       158             808       1,467       2,358       4  
Real estate secured     9,023       9,447       5,930       892       137       6,543       7,596       7,284       120  
Commercial and industrial     335       368       833       32       13       661       1,063       854       31  
Consumer                                                      
Totals   $ 9,358     $ 9,815     $ 6,763     $ 924     $ 150     $ 7,204     $ 8,659     $ 8,138     $ 151  

NOTE 4 - MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

Loans serviced for others are not included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Balances of loans serviced for others and the fair value of mortgage servicing rights are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Residential mortgage loans serviced for others   $ 146,258     $ 145,934  
Fair value of mortgage servicing rights     1,579       1,159  

Changes in mortgage servicing rights are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Loan Servicing Rights                        
Balance, beginning of period   $ 1,075     $ 772     $ 683  
Originated     294       682       329  
Amortization (1)     (389 )     (379 )     (240 )
Balance, end of period     980       1,075       772  
Valuation Allowance                        
Balance, beginning of period     (38 )     (22 )     (10 )
Decrease (Increase) in impairment reserve (1)     23       (16 )     (12 )
Balance, end of period     (15 )     (38 )     (22 )
Loan servicing rights, net   $ 965     $ 1,037     $ 750  
(1) Amortization expense and changes in the impairment reserve are recorded in loan servicing fee income.

56
 

NOTE 5 - PLEDGED ASSETS

The following securities and loans were pledged to secure public and trust deposits, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, FHLBB advances and credit facilities available.

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Securities available-for-sale (at fair value)   $ 57,623     $ 54,497  
Loans receivable     130,574       106,457  
Total pledged assets   $ 188,197     $ 160,954  

 

At December 31, 2013 securities were pledged as follows: $46.4 million to secure public deposits, $11.1 million to secure repurchase agreements and $0.1 million to secure FHLBB and FRB advances. Loans receivable were pledged to secure FHLBB advances and credit facilities.

NOTE 6 - BANK PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

The components of premises and equipment are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Land   $ 2,137     $ 2,137  
Buildings and improvements     9,655       9,658  
Leasehold improvements     706       706  
Capital lease     425        
Furniture, fixtures, equipment and software     5,713       5,392  
Construction in progress, including land acquisition and development     132       44  
Total cost     18,768       17,937  
Accumulated depreciation and amortization     (7,157 )     (6,417 )
Bank premises and equipment, net   $ 11,611     $ 11,520  

NOTE 7 - GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Changes in the carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets were as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Goodwill (1)                        
Balance, beginning of period   $ 9,829     $ 9,829     $ 9,829  
Additions                  
Impairment                  
Balance, end of period   $ 9,829     $ 9,829     $ 9,829  
Core Deposit Intangibles                        
Cost, beginning of period   $ 2,543     $ 2,543     $ 2,543  
Additions                  
Impairment                  
Cost, end of period     2,543       2,543       2,543  
Amortization, beginning of period     (1,745 )     (1,523 )     (1,301 )
Amortization     (222 )     (222 )     (222 )
Amortization, end of period     (1,967 )     (1,745 )     (1,523 )
Core deposit intangibles, net   $ 576     $ 798     $ 1,020  
(1) Not subject to amortization.

In December 2009, Salisbury acquired the Canaan, Connecticut branch office of Webster Bank, National Association and assumed approximately $11.0 million in deposits and acquired approximately $2.5 million in loans, and a property located at 10 Granite Ave., Canaan, Connecticut that Salisbury sold in 2010. Salisbury assigned a core deposit intangible of $463,000 to the acquisition.

Salisbury evaluated its goodwill and intangible assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and found no impairment. Estimated annual amortization expense of core deposit intangibles is as follows:

  Years ended December 31, (in thousands)       CDI amortization  
  2014       202  
  2015       154  
  2016       154  
  2017       66  

57
 

NOTE 8 - DEPOSITS

Scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit were as follows:

  Years ended December 31, (in thousands)       CD maturities  
  2014     $ 52,473  
  2015       13,677  
  2016       8,311  
  2017       3,336  
  2018       5,242  
  Total     $ 83,039  

The total amount and scheduled maturities of time certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more were as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Less than three months   $ 6,279     $ 6,094  
Within three-to-six months     5,834       4,416  
Within six-to-twelve months     7,450       9,166  
Over one year     14,804       15,458  
Total   $ 34,367     $ 35,134  

NOTE 9 – SECURITIES SOLD UNDER AGREEMENTS TO REPURCHASE

Salisbury enters into overnight and short-term repurchase agreements with its customers. Securities sold under repurchase agreements are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)     2013       2012  
Repurchase agreements, ending balance   $ 2,554     $ 1,784  
Repurchase agreements, average balance during period     3,035       5,879  
Book value of collateral     11,020       9,942  
Market value of collateral     11,106       10,128  
Weighted average rate during period     0.19 %     0.39 %
Weighted average maturity     1 day       1 day  

NOTE 10 – FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK OF BOSTON ADVANCES

Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston (“FHLBB”) advances are as follows:

    December 31, 2013   December 31, 2012
(dollars in thousands)   Total   Callable (1)   Rate (2)   Total   Callable (1)   Rate (2)
  2013                         1,569             3.89  
  2014       1,598             3.87       1,598             3.87  
  2015       791             3.88       791             3.88  
  2016       15,022       15,000       4.08       15,022       15,000       4.08  
  2017       6,000       6,000       4.05       6,000       6,000       4.05  
  2018       7,000             3.74       7,000             3.74  
  Total     $ 30,411     $ 21,000       3.99 %   $ 31,980     $ 21,000       3.99 %
(1) Represents the portion of advances that are callable. Callable advances are presented by scheduled maturity. Callable advances are callable quarterly or one time callable by the FHLBB.
(2) Weighted average rate based on scheduled maturity dates.

In addition to outstanding FHLBB advances, Salisbury has additional available borrowing capacity, based on current capital stock levels, of $53.2 million and access to an unused FHLBB line of credit of $3.5 million at December 31, 2013. Advances from the FHLBB are secured by a blanket lien on qualified collateral, consisting primarily of loans with first mortgages secured by one-to-four family properties, certain unencumbered investment securities and other qualified assets.

The following table sets forth certain information concerning short-term FHLBB advances:

Years ended December 31, (dollars in thousands)     2013       2012  
Highest month-end balance during period   $     $  
Ending balance            
Average balance during period     52        
Weighted average rate during period     0.29 %     0.00 %
Weighted average rate at end of period     0.00       0.00  

 

58
 

NOTE 11 – NET DEFERRED TAX ASSET AND INCOME TAXES

Salisbury provides deferred taxes for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carry-forwards when realization is more likely than not. The components of the income tax provision were as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Federal   $ 940     $ 1,076     $ 739  
State     103       112       81  
Current provision     1,043       1,188       820  
Federal     215       (199 )     130  
State                  
Change in valuation allowance     (349 )            
Deferred (benefit) expense     (134 )     (199 )     130  
Income tax provision   $ 909     $ 989     $ 950  

The following is a reconciliation of the expected federal statutory tax to the income tax provision:

Years ended December 31,     2013       2012       2011  
Income tax at statutory federal tax rate     34.0 %     34.0 %     34.0 %
State tax, net of federal tax benefit     1.35       1.47       1.10  
Tax exempt income and dividends received deduction     (18.18 )     (16.25 )     (17.50 )
Expiration of capital loss carry forward     7.00              
Other     1.04       0.27       1.20  
Change in valuation allowance     (7.00 )            
Effective income tax rates     18.21 %     19.49 %     18.80 %

The components of Salisbury's net deferred tax assets are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Allowance for loan losses   $ 1,369     $ 1,259  
Interest on non-performing loans     180       220  
Accrued deferred compensation     62       46  
Post-retirement benefits     16       15  
Other real estate owned property write-down     35       7  
Capital loss carry forward           349  
Restricted stock awards     48        
Unrecognized pension expense           242  
Write-down of securities     1,388       1,388  
Alternative minimum tax     528       591  
Other     4        
Gross deferred tax assets     3,630       4,117  
Valuation allowance           (349 )
Gross deferred tax assets, net     3,630       3,768  
Deferred loan costs, net     (402 )     (351 )
Goodwill and core deposit intangible asset     (746 )     (736 )
Accelerated depreciation     (1,114 )     (1,171 )
Mark-to-market purchase accounting adjustments     (6 )     (17 )
Mortgage servicing rights     (328 )     (353 )
Prepaid pension     (236 )     (234 )
Unrecognized pension benefit     (314 )      
Net unrealized holding gain on available-for-sale securities     (224 )     (1,496 )
Gross deferred tax liabilities     (3,370 )     (4,358 )
Net deferred tax asset (liability)   $ 260     $ (590 )

Salisbury will only recognize a deferred tax asset when, based upon available evidence, realization is more likely than not.

At December 31, 2012, a valuation allowance was maintained for the entire amount of the state deferred tax assets as a result of Connecticut legislation that permits banks to shelter certain mortgage income from the Connecticut corporation business tax through the use of a special purpose entity called a Passive Investment Company (“PIC”). In accordance with this legislation, in 2004, Salisbury formed a PIC, SBT Mortgage Service Corporation. Salisbury does not expect to pay state income tax in the foreseeable future unless there is a change in Connecticut law. Accordingly, Salisbury did not expect to be able to utilize the net operating losses generated by the PIC and established a valuation allowance. The capital loss carry-forwards generated by the PIC expired during 2013 and, as a result, the previously established valuation allowance was reversed.

Salisbury’s policy is to provide for uncertain tax positions and the related interest and penalties based upon management’s assessment of whether a tax benefit is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, there were no material uncertain tax positions related to federal and state tax matters. Salisbury is currently open to audit under the statute of limitations by the Internal Revenue Service and state taxing authorities for the years ended December 31, 2010 through December 31, 2013.

59
 

NOTE 12 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Capital Requirements

Salisbury and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional and discretionary actions by the regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on Salisbury and the Bank's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, Salisbury and the Bank must meet specific guidelines that involve quantitative measures of their assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Salisbury and the Bank's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require Salisbury and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined) and total and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to risk-weighted assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2013, that Salisbury and the Bank meet all of their capital adequacy requirements.

The Bank was classified, as of its most recent notification, as "well capitalized". The Bank's actual regulatory capital position and minimum capital requirements as defined "To Be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions" and "For Capital Adequacy Purposes" are as follows:

    Actual   For Capital Adequacy Purposes   To be Well Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(dollars in thousands)   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio   Amount   Ratio
December 31, 2013                        
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Salisbury   $ 66,404       16.46 %   $ 32,280       8.0 %     n/a        
Bank     56,425       13.87       32,539       8.0     $ 40,674       10.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Salisbury     61,340       15.20       16,140       4.0       n/a        
Bank     51,361       12.63       16,270       4.0       24,405       6.0  
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)                                                
Salisbury     61,340       10.65       23,035       4.0       n/a        
Bank     51,361       8.96       22,938       4.0       28,673       5.0  
December 31, 2012                                                
Total Capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Salisbury   $ 63,391       16.63 %   $ 30,494       8.0 %     n/a        
Bank     53,132       13.77       30,866       8.0     $ 38,582       10.0 %
Tier 1 Capital (to risk-weighted assets)                                                
Salisbury     58,933       15.46       15,247       4.0       n/a        
Bank     48,674       12.62       15,432       4.0       23,149       6.0  
Tier 1 Capital (to average assets)                                                
Salisbury     58,933       9.87       23,876       4.0       n/a        
Bank     48,674       8.15       23,876       4.0       29,845       5.0  

Restrictions on Cash Dividends to Common Shareholders

Salisbury's ability to pay cash dividends is substantially dependent on the Bank's ability to pay cash dividends to Salisbury. There are certain restrictions on the payment of cash dividends and other payments by the Bank to Salisbury. Under Connecticut law, the Bank cannot declare a cash dividend except from net profits, defined as the remainder of all earnings from current operations. The total of all cash dividends declared by the Bank in any calendar year shall not, unless specifically approved by the Banking Commissioner, exceed the total of its net profits of that year combined with its retained net profits of the preceding two years.

FRB Supervisory Letter SR 09-4, February 24, 2009, revised March 27, 2009, notes that, as a general matter, the Board of Directors of a Bank Holding Company (“BHC”) should inform the Federal Reserve and should eliminate, defer, or significantly reduce dividends if (1) net income available to shareholders for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid during that period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (2) the prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (3) the BHC will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting, its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. Moreover, a BHC should inform the Federal Reserve reasonably in advance of declaring or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period (e.g., quarter) for which the dividend is being paid or that could result in a material adverse change to the BHC capital structure.

Preferred Stock

In August 2011, Salisbury issued to the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury (the “Treasury”) $16 million of its Series B Preferred Stock under the Small Business Lending Fund (the “SBLF”) program. The SBLF program is a $30 billion fund established under the Small Business Jobs Act of 2010 to encourage lending to small businesses by providing Tier 1 capital to qualified community banks with assets of less than $10 billion. The Preferred Stock qualifies as Tier 1 capital for regulatory purposes and ranks senior to the Common Stock.

60
 

For the eleventh quarterly dividend payment through four and one-half years after its issuance, the dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Stock will be 1.0%. After four and one-half years from its issuance the dividend rate will be fixed at 9.0% per annum. The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at any time at one hundred percent of the issue price plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.

The Series B Preferred Stock pays noncumulative dividends. The dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Stock for the initial ten quarterly dividend periods, commencing with the period ended September 30, 2011 and ending with the period ended December 31, 2013, is determined each quarter based on the increase in the Bank’s Qualified Small Business Lending over a baseline amount. The dividend rate for the quarterly period ended December 31, 2013 was 1.0%. For the eleventh quarterly dividend payment through four and one-half years after its issuance, the dividend rate on the Series B Preferred Stock will be 1.0%. Commencing with the second quarter 2016, four and one-half years from its issuance, the dividend rate will be fixed at 9.0% per annum. The Series B Preferred Stock is non-voting, other than voting rights on matters that could adversely affect the Series B Preferred Stock. The Series B Preferred Stock is redeemable at any time at one hundred percent of the issue price plus any accrued and unpaid dividends.

Simultaneously with the receipt of the SBLF capital, Salisbury repurchased for $8,816,000 all of its Series A Preferred Stock sold to the Treasury in 2009 under the Capital Purchase Program, a part of the Troubled Asset Relief Program of the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, and made a payment for accrued dividends. The transaction resulted in net capital proceeds to Salisbury of $7,184,000, of which Salisbury invested $6,465,600, or 90%, in the Bank as Tier 1 Capital.

As part of the CPP, Salisbury had issued to the Treasury a 10-year Warrant to purchase 57,671 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $22.93 per share. The Warrant was repurchased for $205,000 on November 2, 2011 and simultaneously cancelled.

NOTE 13 – PENSION AND OTHER BENEFITS

Salisbury has an insured noncontributory defined benefit retirement plan which was available to employees prior to December 31, 2012 based upon age and length of service. Effective December 31, 2012, the pension plan was frozen, by amending the plan to freeze retirement benefits at current levels and discontinue future benefit accruals. During 2012 Salisbury decided to complete its transition from providing retirement benefits under a defined benefit pension plan to a defined contribution 401(K) plan which is discussed below.

 

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Change in projected benefit obligation                        
Benefit obligation at beginning of year   $ 6,039     $ 7,949     $ 6,639  
Actuarial  (gain)/loss     (860 )     1,012       1,073  
Service cost           404       343  
Interest cost     255       358       383  
Curtailments and settlements           (3,586 )      
Benefits paid     (184 )     (98 )     (489 )
Benefit obligation at end of year     5,250       6,039       7,949  
Change in plan assets                        
Plan assets at estimated fair value at beginning of year     6,019       6,164       5,668  
Actual return on plan assets     1,033       720       97  
Contributions by employer           129       888  
Curtailments and settlements           (896 )      
Benefits paid     (184 )     (98 )     (489 )
Fair value of plan assets at end of year     6,868       6,019       6,164  
Funded status and recognized asset (liability)                        
included in other assets (liabilities) on the balance sheet   $ 1,618     $ (20 )   $ (1,785 )

The components of amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, before tax effect, are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Net gain (loss)   $ 924     $ (711 )   $ (3,118 )
    $ 924     $ (711 )   $ (3,118 )

The accumulated benefit obligation for the plan was $5,250,000 and $6,039,000 at December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The discount rate used in determining the actuarial present value of the projected benefit obligation was 5.10% for 2013, 4.35% for 2012 and 4.75% for 2011. The rate of increase in future compensation levels was based on the following graded table for 2013 and 2012:

Age     Rate  
  25       4.75 %
  35       4.25  
  45       3.75  
  55       3.25  
  65       3.00  

61
 

The components of net periodic cost are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Service cost   $     $ 404     $ 343  
Interest cost on benefit obligation     255       358       383  
Expected return on plan assets     (258 )     (455 )     (418 )
Amortization of net loss           123       75  
Net periodic benefit cost     (3 )     430       383  
Additional amount recognized due to settlement or curtailment           341        
      (3 )     771       383  
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss:                        
Net actuarial (gain) loss     (1,635 )     (2,284 )     1,394  
Amortization of net loss           (123 )     (75 )
Total recognized in other comprehensive (income) loss     (1,635 )     (2,407 )     1,319  
Total recognized in net periodic cost and other comprehensive (income) loss   $ (1,638 )   $ (1,636 )   $ 1,702  

 The estimated net gain that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost over the year ended December 31, 2014 is $15,000.

The discount rate used to determine the net periodic benefit cost was 4.35% for 2013, 4.75% for 2012 and 5.75% for 2011; and the expected return on plan assets was 4.35% for 2013, and 7.50% for 2012 and 2011.

The graded table above was also used for the rate of compensation increase in determining the net periodic benefit cost in 2013 and 2012.

Pension expense is calculated based upon a number of actuarial assumptions, including an expected long-term rate of return on pension plan assets of 7.50% for 2012. The Bank has modified their long term rate of return assumption in recognition of the Plan freeze on accruals.  With the plan being frozen, using short-term interest rates makes more sense than a long-term asset return approach.  For the 2013 expense calculation, 4.35% was used as both the discount rate and long term rate of return.   The Bank regularly reviews the asset allocations and periodically rebalances investments when considered appropriate. While all future forecasting contains some level of estimation error, the Bank believes that 4.35% falls within a range of reasonable long-term rate of return expectations for pension plan assets. The Bank will continue to evaluate the actuarial assumptions, including expected rate of return, at least annually, and will adjust as necessary.

Plan Assets

The pension plan investments are co-managed by Salisbury’s Trust and Wealth Advisory Services division and Bradley, Foster and Sargent, Inc. The investments in the plan are reviewed and approved by Salisbury’s Trust Investment Committee. The asset allocation of the plan is a balanced allocation. Debt securities are timed to mature when employees are due to retire and provide cash flow for annuity payouts. Debt securities are laddered for coupon and maturity. Equities are held in the plan to achieve a moderate growth allocation and to provide growth of the principal portion of the plan and to provide diversification. The Trust Investment Committee reviews the policies of the plan. The prudent investor rule and applicable ERISA regulations apply to the management of the funds and investment selections.

The fair values of the pension plan assets are as follows:

      Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using       Assets at fair  
(in thousands)     Level 1       Level 2       Level 3       value  
December 31, 2013                                
Fixed Income                                
Corporate Debt   $     $ 637     $     $ 637  
Preferred Stock     57                   57  
Equities     4,115                   4,115  
Mutual Funds     1,719                   1,719  
Money Fund     340                   340  
Totals   $ 6,231     $ 637     $     $ 6,868  
December 31, 2012                                
Fixed Income                                
Corporate Debt   $     $ 714     $     $ 714  
Preferred Stock     63                   63  
Equities     4,605                   4,605  
Mutual Funds     268                   268  
Money Fund     369                   369  
Totals   $ 5,305     $ 714     $     $ 6,019  

Salisbury’s pension plan assets are generally all classified within level 1 and level 2 of the fair value hierarchy (see Note 19 for a description of the fair value hierarchy) because they are valued using quoted market prices, pricing service, broker or dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency.

62
 

There were no securities of Salisbury or related parties included in plan assets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Salisbury does not expect to make a contribution in 2014. Based on current data and assumptions, future expected benefit payments are as follows:

  Future expected benefit payments (in thousands)          
  2014     $ 140  
  2015       382  
  2016       91  
  2017       532  
  2018       87  
  2019 to 2023       1,967  

401(k) Plan

Salisbury offers a 401(k) Plan to eligible employees. Under the Plan, eligible participants may contribute a percentage of their pay subject to IRS limitations. Salisbury may make discretionary contributions to the Plan. Effective December 31, 2012, and simultaneously with the freezing of the pension plan, the 401(k) Plan was amended to increase the safe harbor contribution for all qualifying employees to 4% from 3%. The Bank’s safe harbor contribution percentage is reviewed annually and, under provisions of the plan, is subject to change in the future. An additional discretionary match, of up to 6%, may also be made for all employees that meet the plans qualifying requirements for such a match. This discretionary matching percentage, if any, is also subject to review under the provisions of the plan.

Both the safe harbor and additional discretionary match, if any, vest immediately.

Salisbury’s 401(k) Plan contribution expense for 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $657,000, $292,000 and $288,000, respectively.

Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP)

Salisbury offers an Employee Stock Ownership Plan (ESOP) to eligible employees.  Under the Plan, Salisbury may make discretionary contributions to the Plan. Discretionary contributions vest in full upon six years and reflect the following schedule of qualified service:

20% after the second year, 20% per year thereafter, vesting at 100% after six full years of service.  2013 was the first year for this plan with benefit expenses amounting to $159,800.

Other Retirement Plans

Salisbury adopted ASC 715-60, “Compensation - Retirement Benefits - Defined Benefit Plans - Other Postretirement" and recognized a liability for Salisbury’s future postretirement benefit obligations under endorsement split-dollar life insurance arrangements. The total liability for the arrangements included in other liabilities was $528,000 and $479,000 at December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively. Expense under this arrangement was $49,000 for 2013 and $45,000 for 2012.

The Bank entered into a Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement with its former Chief Executive Officer that provides for supplemental post retirement payments for a ten year period as described in the agreement. The related liability was $121,000 and $136,000 at December 31, 2013, and 2012, respectively. The related expense amounted to $9,000, $12,000 and $11,000 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

A Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the "Plan") was effective January 1, 2013. This Plan was adopted by Salisbury Bank and Trust Company (the "Bank") for the benefit of certain key employees, ("Executive" or "Executives"), who have been selected and approved by the Bank to participate in this Plan and who have evidenced their participation by execution of a Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan Participation Agreement ("Participation Agreement") in a form provided by the Bank. This Plan is intended to comply with Internal Revenue Code ("Code") Section 409A and any regulatory or other guidance issued under such Section.

In 2013, the Bank awarded six (6) Executives with a discretionary contribution to this account for a total of $59,590. This was the first year for this benefit. Based on the Executive’s date of retirement, the vesting schedule ranges from 10% per year to 50% per year.

NOTE 14 - DIRECTORS STOCK RETAINER PLAN AND LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

The 2001 Directors Stock Retainer Plan of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. (“Directors Plan”) provided Salisbury’s non-employee directors with shares of restricted stock as a component of their compensation for services as directors. The maximum number of shares of stock that could be issued pursuant to the Directors Plan was 15,000. The first grant date under the Directors Plan preceded the 2002 annual meeting of Shareholders. Each director whose term of office begins with or continues after the date the Directors Plan was approved by the Shareholders was issued an annual stock retainer consisting of 120 shares of fully vested restricted common stock of Salisbury. In 2011 and 2010, 1,070 and 960 shares, respectively, were issued each year under the Directors Plan and the related compensation expense was $28,000 and $21,000, respectively . The Directors Plan terminated in 2011 and no more grants may be made under the Directors Plan.

The Board of Directors adopted the 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) on March 25, 2011, and the shareholders approved the Plan at the 2011 Annual Meeting. The Plan was amended on January 18, 2013. The purpose of the Plan is to assist Salisbury and the Bank in attracting, motivating, retaining and rewarding employees, officers and directors by enabling such persons to acquire or increase a proprietary interest in Salisbury in order to strengthen the mutuality of interests between such persons and our shareholders, and providing such persons with stock-based long-term performance incentives to expend their maximum efforts in the creation of shareholder value.

The terms of the Plan provide for grants of Directors Stock Retainer Awards, Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARs”), Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Awards, Deferred Stock, Dividend Equivalents, and Stock or Other Stock-Based Awards that may be settled in shares of Common Stock, cash, or other property (collectively, “Awards”).

Under the Plan, the total number of shares of Common Stock reserved and available for issuance in the ten years following adoption of the Plan in connection with Awards under the Plan is 84,000 shares of Common Stock, which represented less than 5% of Salisbury’s outstanding shares of Common Stock at the time the Plan was adopted. Shares of Common Stock with respect to Awards previously granted under the Plan that are cancelled, terminate without being exercised, expire, are forfeited or lapse will again be available for issuance pursuant to Awards. Also, shares of Common Stock subject to Awards settled in cash and shares of Common Stock that are surrendered in payment of any Award or any tax withholding requirements will again be available for issuance pursuant to Awards. No more than 30,000 shares of Common Stock may be issued pursuant to Awards in any one calendar year. In addition, the Plan limits the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be awarded as Incentive Stock Options (“ISOs”) to 42,000 and the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued as Directors Stock Retainer Awards to 15,000. The Directors stock retainer awards were increased from 120 shares per year to 240 shares per year effective January 25, 2013.  The 2013 shares were pro-rated at the rate of 120 shares for May 2012 – January 2013 (9 months at 10 shares per month) and at the rate of 240 shares for February 2013 – April 2013 (3 months at the rate of 20 shares per month). One director’s shares were pro-rated from when he joined the Board at the end of June 2012.

63
 

In 2013 and 2012, 1,330 and 960 shares were issued, respectively, and the related compensation expense was $34,000 and $24,000, respectively. The 2013 Amendment increased the number of shares to be issued to a director as an annual stock retainer to 240 shares.

The persons eligible to receive awards under the Plan are the officers, directors and employees of Salisbury and the Bank. The Plan is administered by the Human Resources and Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee “) appointed by the Board. However, the Board may exercise any power or authority granted to the Compensation Committee. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Compensation Committee or the Board is authorized to select eligible persons to receive Awards, determine the type and number of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Common Stock to which Awards will relate, specify times at which Awards will be exercisable or settleable, including performance conditions that may be required as a condition thereof, set other terms and conditions of Awards, prescribe forms of Award agreements, interpret and specify rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and make all other determinations that may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.

The Compensation Committee or the Board is authorized to grant (i) stock options, including (a) ISOs which can result in potentially favorable tax treatment to the participant, and (b) non-qualified stock options, and (ii) SARs entitling the participant to receive the amount by which the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of exercise exceeds the grant price of the SAR. The exercise price per share subject to an option and the grant price of a SAR are determined by the Compensation Committee or the Board, but shall not be less than the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of grant.

The Compensation Committee or the Board is authorized, subject to limitations under applicable law, to grant to participants such other Awards that are payable in, valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on or related to, shares of Common Stock, as deemed to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan. These could include shares of Common Stock awarded purely as a “bonus” and not subject to any restrictions or conditions, other rights convertible or exchangeable into shares of Common Stock and Awards valued by reference to book value of the Common Stock or the performance of Salisbury or the Bank. The Compensation Committee or the Board may determine the terms and conditions of such Awards.

Awards may be settled in the form of cash, shares of Common Stock, a combination of cash and shares of Common Stock or any other property, in the discretion of the Compensation Committee or the Board.

Awards granted under the Plan generally may not be pledged or otherwise encumbered and are not transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, or to a designated beneficiary upon the participant’s death.

Awards under the Plan are generally granted without a requirement that the participant pay consideration in the form of cash or property for the grant, as distinguished from the exercise, except to the extent required by law.

Generally, upon a Change in Control, if the surviving entity does not assume an Award, Options and SARs and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised will become fully exercisable; all time-based vesting restrictions on outstanding Awards will lapse; and any payout opportunities attainable under performance-based Awards will be deemed to have been met if the Change in Control occurs during the first half of the performance period and if the Change in Control occurs during the second half of the performance period, actual performance against targets will be measured, and in either case, the payout will be prorated for the portion of the performance period that elapsed before the Change in Control.

Generally, upon a Change in Control, if the surviving entity assumes an Award or equitably converts or substitutes an Award and within 12 months after the transaction the participant’s employment is terminated without cause (as defined) or the participant resigns for good reason (as defined), Options and SARs and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised will become fully exercisable; all time-based vesting restrictions on outstanding Awards will lapse; and any payout opportunities attainable under performance-based Awards will be deemed to have been met if the termination occurs during the first half of the performance period and if the termination occurs during the second half of the performance period, actual performance against targets will be measured, and in either case, the payout will be prorated for the portion of the performance period that elapsed before the termination.

Regardless of whether there has been an acceleration because of death, disability or a Change in Control, the Committee or the Board may in its sole discretion at any time determine that, upon the termination of service of a participant or the occurrence of a Change in Control, all or a portion of such participant’s Options, SARs and other Awards in the nature of rights that may be exercised will become fully or partially exercisable, that all or a part of the time-based vesting restrictions on all or a portion of the participant’s outstanding Awards will lapse, and/or that any performance-based criteria with respect to any Awards held by that participant will be deemed to be wholly or partially satisfied, in each case, as of such date as the Committee or the Board may, in its sole discretion, declare.

The Compensation Committee or the Board may amend, modify or terminate the Plan or the Compensation Committee’s authority to grant Awards without further shareholder approval, except shareholder approval must be obtained for any amendment that would (a) materially increase the number of shares of Common Stock available under the Plan; (b) expand the types of awards under the Plan; (c) materially expand the class of persons eligible to participate in the Plan; (d) materially expand the term of the Plan; or (e) be of a nature that would require shareholder approval pursuant to any law or regulation or under the rules of the NASDAQ Capital Market.

Unless earlier terminated by the Board, the Plan will terminate on the tenth anniversary of the effective date of the Plan (March 25, 2021) or, if the shareholders approve an amendment that increases the number of shares of Common Stock subject to the Plan, the tenth anniversary of such approval. The termination of the Plan on such date will not affect the validity of any Award outstanding on the date of termination, and any such Awards will continue to be governed by the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan.

The Plan provides that award agreements for any Awards that the Committee or the Board reasonably determines to constitute a “non-qualified deferred compensation Plan” subject to the requirements of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), will be construed in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A and that the Committee or the Board may amend any Award agreement (and the provisions of the Plan) if and to the extent that the Committee or the Board determines that the amendment is necessary or appropriate to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. The Plan also provides that any such Award will be subject to certain additional requirements specified in the Plan if and to the extent required to comply with Section 409A of the Code.

Grants of Restricted Stock and Options

On February 8, 2013, Salisbury granted a total of 19,600 shares of restricted stock pursuant to its 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan, which was approved by shareholders at the 2011 Annual Meeting, to 22 employees, including 5,000 shares to one Named Executive Officer, Richard J. Cantele, Jr., President and Chief Executive Officer. The fair value of the stock as of the grant date was determined to be $490,000 and the stock will be vested three years from the grant date. Expense in 2013 totaled $142,000. Unrecognized compensation cost relating to the awards as of 12/31/13 totaled $335,000. Forfeitures in 2013 totaled 500 shares.

64
 

NOTE 15 - RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

In the normal course of business the Bank has granted loans to executive officers, directors, principal shareholders and associates of the foregoing persons considered to be related parties. Changes in loans to executive officers, directors and their related associates are as follows (there are no loans to principal shareholders):

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Balance, beginning of period     $ 1,309     $ 1,308  
Advances       63       89  
Repayments       (93 )     (88 )
Balance, end of period     $ 1,279     $ 1,309  

NOTE 16 - COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Comprehensive income includes net income and any changes in equity from non-owner sources that are not recorded in the income statement (such as changes in net unrealized gains (losses) on securities). The purpose of reporting comprehensive income is to report a measure of all changes in equity of an enterprise that result from recognized transactions and other economic events of the period other than transactions with owners in their capacity as owners.

The components of comprehensive income are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012       2011  
Net income   $ 4,083     $ 4,077     $ 4,112  
Other comprehensive (loss) income                        
Net unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale     (3,743 )     2,632       5,973  
Reclassification of net realized gains in net income           (279 )     (11 )
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale     (3,743 )     2,353       5,962  
Income tax benefit (expense)     1,273       (800 )     (2,027 )
Unrealized (losses) gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax     (2,470 )     1,553       3,935  
Pension plan income (loss) (see Note 13)     1,635       2,407       (1,319 )
Income tax (expense) benefit     (556 )     (818 )     448  
Pension plan income (loss), net of tax     1,079       1,589       (871 )
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax     (1,391 )     3,142       3,064  
Comprehensive income   $ 2,692     $ 7,219     $ 7,176  

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Unrealized gains on securities available-for-sale, net of tax   $ 436     $ 2,906  
Unrecognized pension plan income (expense), net of tax     610       (469 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net   $ 1,046     $ 2,437  

NOTE 17 - COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENT LIABILITIES

Commitments

The Bank has entered into an agreement pursuant to which a third party is to provide the Bank with account processing services and other miscellaneous services. Under the agreement, the Bank is obligated to pay monthly processing fees through August 5, 2016. In the event the Bank chooses to cancel the agreement prior to the end of the contract term a lump sum termination fee will have to be paid. The fee shall be calculated as the average monthly billing, exclusive of pass through costs for the past twelve months, multiplied by the number of months and any portion of a month remaining in the contract term plus the total of any Promotional or monthly Allowances (as applicable), or discounted monthly fees, which were provided to the Bank for the affected Processing Services in consideration of the fulfillment of the entire term of the affected Processing Services, multiplied by the number of months the Bank was awarded each of those allowance(s) for; plus one half (1/2) of any Migration Allowance or Installation Allowance, as defined in the agreement.

In January 2014 the Bank entered into an agreement to purchase the Sharon, Connecticut branch, and approximately $19 million in deposits, of another financial institution and pending regulatory approval expect that this transaction will close during the summer of 2014.

Salisbury leases facilities under operating leases that expire at various dates through 2017. The leases have varying renewal options, generally require a fixed annual rent, and provide that real estate taxes, insurance, and maintenance are to be paid by Salisbury. Rent expense totaled $85,000, $97,000 and $93,000 for 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Future minimum lease payments at December 31, 2013 are as follows:

 

  Future minimum lease payments  (in thousands)          
  2014       75  
  2015       58  
  2016       58  
  2017       34  
        $ 225  

 

65
 

Salisbury leases a facility under a capital lease that expires in 2029 with an option to terminate the lease in 2018. The lease has varying renewal options, requires a fixed annual rent, and provides that real estate taxes, insurance, and maintenance are to be paid by Salisbury. The following is a schedule by years of future minimum lease payments under the capital lease with the present value of the net minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2013.

  Future minimum lease payments  (in thousands)          
  2014       48  
  2015       72  
  2016       72  
  2017       72  
  2018       72  
  Thereafter       864  
  Total minimum lease payments       1,200  
  Less amount representing interest       775  
        $ 425  

 Contingent Liabilities

As previously disclosed, the Bank, individually and in its capacity as a former Co-Trustee of the Erling C. Christophersen Revocable Trust (the “Trust”), was named as a defendant in litigation filed in the Connecticut Complex Litigation Docket in Stamford, captioned John Christophersen v. Erling Christophersen, et al., X08-CV-08-5009597S (the “First Action”).  The Bank also was a counterclaim-defendant in related mortgage foreclosure litigation in the Connecticut Complex Litigation Docket in Stamford, captioned Salisbury Bank and Trust Company v. Erling C. Christophersen, et al., X08-CV-10-6005847-S (the “Foreclosure Action,” together with the First Action, the “Actions”).  The other parties to the Actions were John R. Christophersen; Erling C. Christophersen, individually and as Co-Trustee of the Trust; Bonnie Christophersen and Elena Dreiske, individually and as Co-Trustees of the Mildred B. Blount Testamentary Trust; People’s United Bank; Law Offices of Gary Oberst, P.C.; Rhoda Rudnick; and Hinckley Allen & Snyder LLP.

The Actions involved a dispute over title to certain real property located in Westport, Connecticut that was conveyed by Erling Christophersen, as grantor, to the Trust on or about August 8, 2007.  Subsequent to this conveyance, the Bank loaned $3,386,609 to the Trust, which was secured by a commercial mortgage in favor of the Bank on the Westport property.  This mortgage is the subject of the Foreclosure Action brought by the Bank.

As previously disclosed, John R. Christophersen claimed an interest in the Westport real property transferred to the Trust and sought to quiet title to the property and to recover money damages from the defendants for the alleged wrongful divestiture of his claimed interest in the property.

On June 25, 2012, the Bank and John R. Christophersen entered into a Settlement Agreement which resolved all differences between John R. Christophersen and the Bank, and resulted in the withdrawal (with prejudice) of the claims made by John R. Christophersen.  All claims against the Bank have been withdrawn and the Bank is no longer a defendant or counterclaim defendant in any litigation involving the Actions.  As an additional consequence of the Settlement Agreement, Bonnie Christophersen, Elena Dreiske and People’s United Bank are no longer parties to any of the litigation referenced above. 

On July 27, 2012, Erling Christophersen filed a Motion to Restore the First Action, and on October 15, 2012 filed a Motion to Stay the Foreclosure Action pending resolution of the Motion to Restore. The Bank opposed both motions. On February 1, 2013, the Court issued orders denying both motions. On February 14, 2013, Erling Christophersen appealed the orders denying his Motion to Restore the First Action, and Motion to Stay the Foreclosure Action. 

The Appellate Court dismissed the appeal of the Foreclosure Action in May 2013, and later denied Erling Christophersen’s motion for reconsideration of its decision.

The Bank continues to proceed in its Foreclosure Action against Erling Christophersen.  Erling Christophersen asserted two special defenses and set-off claims alleging (1) that the Bank failed to defend the title claims against the properties, and (2) that the Bank took certain trustee fees without approval. The Bank moved to strike the special defenses and set off claims. In a decision issued on November 6, 2013, the court granted the motion to strike as to the second special defense and set off, but denied the motion as to the first special defense and set off. Trial began on February 4, 2014, and concluded on February 14, 2014. Post-trial briefs are due in mid-April, 2014, and a decision is expected thereafter.

 

Erling Christophersen’s appeal of the order denying his Motion to Restore the First Action remains pending , and was heard by the Appellate Court on March 10, 2014. The Court has now taken the matter under advisement and next it will write an opinion disposing of the appeal.

There are no other material pending legal proceedings, other than ordinary routine litigation incident to the registrant’s business, to which Salisbury is a party or of which any of its property is subject.

66
 

NOTE 18 - FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Bank is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to originate loans, standby letters of credit and unadvanced funds on loans. The instruments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets. The contract amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Bank has in particular classes of financial instruments.

The Bank's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for loan commitments and standby letters of credit is represented by the contractual amounts of those instruments. The Bank uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

Commitments to originate loans are agreements to lend to a customer provided there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Bank evaluates each customer's creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Bank upon extension of credit, is based on management's credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies, but may include secured interests in mortgages, accounts receivable, inventory, property, plant and equipment and income producing properties.

Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Bank to guarantee the performance by a customer to a third party. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, the maximum potential amount of the Bank’s obligation was $53,000 and $34,000, respectively, for financial, commercial and standby letters of credit. If a letter of credit is drawn upon, the Bank may seek recourse through the customer’s underlying line of credit. If the customer’s line of credit is also in default, the Bank may take possession of the collateral, if any, securing the line of credit.

Financial instrument liabilities with off-balance sheet credit risk are as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands)     2013       2012  
Residential   $ 314     $ 1,060  
Home equity credit     28,377       29,989  
Commercial     9,900       2,279  
Land     10       300  
Real estate secured     38,601       33,628  
Commercial and industrial     17,563       15,441  
Consumer     1,321       1,349  
Unadvanced portions of loans     57,485       50,418  
Commitments to originate loans     9,730       17,727  
Standby letters of credit     53       34  
Total   $ 67,268     $ 68,179  

There is no material difference between the notional amounts and the estimated fair values of the off-balance sheet liabilities.

NOTE 19 - FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Salisbury uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, other assets are recorded at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, such as loans held for sale, collateral dependent impaired loans, property acquired through foreclosure or repossession and mortgage servicing rights. These nonrecurring fair value adjustments typically involve the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets.

Salisbury adopted ASC 820-10, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” which provides a framework for measuring fair value under generally accepted accounting principles. This guidance permitted Salisbury the irrevocable option to elect fair value for the initial and subsequent measurement for certain financial assets and liabilities on a contract-by-contract basis. Salisbury did not elect fair value treatment for any financial assets or liabilities upon adoption.

In accordance with ASC 820-10, Salisbury groups its financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and liabilities are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value.

GAAP specifies a hierarchy of valuation techniques based on whether the types of valuation information (“inputs”) are observable or unobservable. Observable inputs reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect Salisbury’s market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created the following fair value hierarchy

Level 1. Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets. Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in active exchange markets, such as the New York Stock Exchange. Level 1 also includes U.S. Treasury, other U.S. Government and agency mortgage-backed securities that are traded by dealers or brokers in active markets. Valuations are obtained from readily available pricing sources for market transactions involving identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2. Significant other observable inputs. Valuations for assets and liabilities traded in less active dealer or broker markets. Valuations are obtained from third party pricing services for identical or comparable assets or liabilities.
Level 3. Significant unobservable inputs. Valuations for assets and liabilities that are derived from other methodologies, including option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques, are not based on market exchange, dealer, or broker traded transactions. Level 3 valuations incorporate certain assumptions and projections in determining the fair value assigned to such assets and liabilities.

67
 

A financial instrument’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Salisbury did not have any significant transfers of assets between levels 1 and 2 of the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2013.

The following is a description of valuation methodologies for assets recorded at fair value, including the general classification of such assets and liabilities pursuant to the valuation hierarchy.

Securities available-for-sale. Securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Level 1 securities include exchange-traded equity securities. Level 2 securities include debt securities with quoted prices, which are traded less frequently than exchange-traded instruments, whose value is determined using matrix pricing with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from or corroborated by observable market data. This category generally includes obligations of the U.S. Treasury and U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations, municipal bonds, SBA bonds, corporate bonds and certain preferred equities. Level 3 is for positions that are not traded in active markets or are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations are adjusted to reflect illiquidity and/or non-transferability, and such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used. Subsequent to inception, management only changes level 3 inputs and assumptions when corroborated by evidence such as transactions in similar instruments, completed or pending third-party transactions in the underlying investment or comparable entities, subsequent rounds of financing, recapitalization and other transactions across the capital structure, offerings in the equity or debt markets, and changes in financial ratios or cash flows.
Collateral dependent loans that are deemed to be impaired are valued based upon the fair value of the underlying collateral less costs to sell. Such collateral primarily consists of real estate and, to a lesser extent, other business assets. Management may adjust appraised values to reflect estimated market value declines or apply other discounts to appraised values resulting from its knowledge of the property. Internal valuations are utilized to determine the fair value of other business assets. Collateral dependent impaired loans are categorized as Level 3.
Other real estate owned acquired through foreclosure or repossession is adjusted to fair value less costs to sell upon transfer out of loans. Subsequently, it is carried at the lower of carrying value or fair value less costs to sell. Fair value is generally based upon independent market prices or appraised values of the collateral. Management adjusts appraised values to reflect estimated market value declines or apply other discounts to appraised values for unobservable factors resulting from its knowledge of the property, and such property is categorized as Level 3.

68
 

Assets measured at fair value are as follows:

      Fair Value Measurements Using       Assets at  
(in thousands)     Level 1       Level 2       Level 3       fair value  
December 31, 2013                                
Assets at fair value on a recurring basis                                
U.S. Treasury notes   $     $ 2,657     $     $ 2,657  
U.S. Government agency notes           2,590             2,590  
Municipal bonds           40,437             40,437  
Mortgage-backed securities:                              
U.S. Government agencies           33,892             33,892  
Collateralized mortgage obligations:                                
U.S. Government agencies           3,580             3,580  
Non-agency           8,308             8,308  
SBA bonds           2,230             2,230  
Preferred stocks     797                   797  
Securities available-for-sale   $ 797     $ 93,694     $     $ 94,491  
Assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis                                
Collateral dependent impaired loans                 9,782       9,782  
Other real estate owned                 377       377  
December 31, 2012                                
Assets at fair value on a recurring basis                                
U.S. Treasury notes   $     $ 2,733     $     $ 2,733  
U.S. Government agency notes           7,726             7,726  
Municipal bonds           47,365             47,365  
Mortgage-backed securities:                                
U.S. Government agencies           48,729             48,729  
Collateralized mortgage obligations:                                
U.S. Government agencies           5,197             5,197  
Non-agency           11,507             11,507  
SBA bonds           2,863             2,863  
Preferred stocks     167                   167  
Securities available-for-sale   $ 167     $ 126,120     $     $ 126,287  
Assets at fair value on a non-recurring basis                                
Collateral dependent impaired loans                 8,434       8,434  
Other real estate owned                 244       244  

 

69
 

Carrying values and estimated fair values of financial instruments are as follows:

      Carrying       Estimated       Fair value measurements using  
(in thousands)     value       fair value         Level 1         Level 2         Level 3    
December 31, 2013                                        
Financial Assets                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 12,711     $ 12,711     $ 12,711     $     $  
Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks     738       738                   738  
Securities available-for-sale     94,491       94,491       797       93,694        
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     5,340       5,340             5,340        
Loans held-for-sale     173       175                   175  
Loans receivable, net     438,178       430,645                   430,645  
Accrued interest receivable     1,760       1,760                   1,760  
Financial Liabilities                                        
Demand (non-interest-bearing)   $ 84,677     $ 84,677     $     $     $ 84,677  
Demand (interest-bearing)     81,932       81,932                   81,932  
Money market     120,550       120,550                   120,550  
Savings and other     107,171       107,171                   107,171  
Certificates of deposit     83,039       83,520                   83,520  
Deposits     477,369       477,850                   477,850  
FHLBB advances     30,411       33,034                   33,034  
Repurchase agreements     2,554       2,554                   2,554  
Capital lease liability     425       425       425              
Accrued interest payable     140       140                   140  
December 31, 2012                                        
Financial Assets                                        
Cash and due from banks   $ 43,574     $ 43,574     $ 43,574     $     $  
Securities available-for-sale     126,287       126,287       167       126,120        
Federal Home Loan Bank stock     5,747       5,747             5,747        
Loans held-for-sale     1,879       1,893                   1,893  
Loans receivable, net     388,758       389,292                   389,292  
Accrued interest receivable     1,818       1,818                   1,818  
Financial Liabilities                                        
Demand (non-interest-bearing)   $ 98,850     $ 98,850     $     $     $ 98,850  
Demand (interest-bearing)     65,991       65,991                   65,991  
Money market     128,501       128,501                   128,501  
Savings and other     103,985       103,985                   103,985  
Certificates of deposit     93,888       94,894                   94,894  
Deposits     491,215       492,221                   492,221  
FHLBB advances     31,980       35,363                   35,363  
Repurchase agreements     1,784       1,784                   1,784  
Accrued interest payable     196       196                   196  

NOTE 20 – SALISBURY BANCORP (PARENT ONLY) CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

The unconsolidated balance sheets and statements of income and cash flows of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. are presented as follows:

Balance Sheets
Years ended December 31, (in thousands)
    2013       2012  
Assets                
Cash and due from banks   $ 9,302     $ 10,297  
Interest-bearing time deposits with other banks     738        
Investment in bank subsidiary     62,811       61,738  
Other assets           2  
Total Assets   $ 72,851     $ 72,037  
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity                
Liabilities   $ 61     $ 40  
Shareholders' equity     72,790       71,997  
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity   $ 72,851     $ 72,037  

 

70
 

 

Statements of Income
Years ended December 31, (in thousands)
    2013       2012       2011  
Dividends from subsidiary   $ 2,128     $ 2,243     $ 2,372  
Interest     27       42       99  
Expenses     394       81       116  
Income before taxes and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary     1,761       2,204       2,355  
Income tax benefit                  
Income before equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary     1,761       2,204       2,355  
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary     2,322       1,873       1,757  
Net income   $ 4,083     $ 4,077     $ 4,112  

 

Statements of Cash Flows
Years ended December 31, (in thousands)
    2013       2012       2011  
Net income   $ 4,083     $ 4,077     $ 4,112  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                        
Equity in undistributed net income of subsidiary     (2,322 )     (1,873 )     (1,757 )
Accretion of securities                 (11 )
Other     24       16       (3 )
Net cash provided by operating activities     1,785       2,220       2,341  
Investing Activities                        
Investment in bank                 (6,466 )
Purchases of interest-bearing time deposits of other banks     (738 )            
Maturities of securities available-for-sale           1,103        
Net cash (utilized) provided by investing activities     (738 )     1,103       (6,466 )
Financing Activities                        
Common stock dividends paid     (1,915 )     (1,892 )     (1,891 )
Preferred stock dividends paid     (161 )     (240 )     (382 )
Payment to repurchase Preferred Stock                 (8,816 )
Payment to repurchase warrants                 (205 )
Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock     34       24       28  
Proceeds from issuance of Preferred Stock                 16,000  
Net cash (utilized) provided by financing activities     (2,042 )     (2,108 )     4,734  
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents     (995 )     1,215       609  
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period     10,297       9,082       8,473  
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period   $ 9,302     $ 10,297     $ 9,082  

 

NOTE 21 – EARNINGS PER SHARE

The calculation of earnings per share is as follows:

Years ended December 31, (in thousands, except per share amounts)     2013       2012       2011  
Net income   $ 4,083     $ 4,077     $ 4,112  
Less: Preferred stock net accretion                 (78 )
Less: Preferred stock dividends declared     (161 )     (216 )     (446 )
Net income available to common shareholders     3,922       3,861       3,588  
Less: Undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities     (39 )            
Net income allocated to common stock   $ 3,883     $ 3,861     $ 3,588  
Common shares issued     1,710       1,690       1,689  
Less: Unvested restricted stock awards     (19 )            
Common shares outstanding used to calculate basic earnings per common share     1,691       1,690       1,689  
Add: Dilutive effect of unvested restricted stock awards                  
Common shares outstanding used to calculate diluted earnings per common share     1,691       1,690       1,689  
Earnings per common share (basic and diluted)   $ 2.30     $ 2.28     $ 2.12  

71
 

NOTE 22 – SELECTED QUARTERLY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA (Unaudited)

Selected quarterly consolidated financial data for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 is as follows:

Year ended December 31, 2013
(in thousands, except ratios and per share amounts)
  Q1 2013   Q2 2013   Q3 2013   Q4 2013
Statement of Income                                
Interest and dividend income   $ 5,406     $ 5,434     $ 5,431     $ 5,479  
Interest expense     803       801       772       686  
Net interest and dividend income     4,603       4,633       4,659       4,793  
Provision for loan losses     396       240       240       190  
Trust and Wealth Advisory     725       824       750       775  
Service charges and fees     516       575       595       612  
Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net     279       153       69       78  
Mortgage servicing, net     26       8       (37 )     38  
Securities gains                        
Other     79       90       82       68  
Non-interest income     1,625       1,650       1,459       1,571  
Non-interest expense     4,705       4,610       4,643       4,977  
Income before income taxes     1,127       1,433       1,235       1,197  
Income tax provision     187       289       219       214  
Net income     940       1,144       1,016       983  
Net income available to common shareholders     900       1,103       976       943  
Financial Condition                                
Total assets   $ 597,343     $ 600,712     $ 589,481     $ 587,109  
Loans, net     406,258       416,729       420,306       438,178  
Allowance for loan losses     4,686       4,632       4,656       4,683  
Securities     124,004       111,950       105,156       99,831  
Deposits     487,773       492,040       479,869       477,369  
Repurchase agreements     2,329       2,980       3,870       2,554  
FHLBB advances     31,574       31,187       30,801       30,411  
Shareholders' equity     72,206       71,489       71,211       72,790  
Non-performing assets     9,297       9,639       9,737       7,549  
Per Common Share Data                                
Earnings, diluted and basic   $ 0.53     $ 0.65     $ 0.57     $ 0.55  
Cash dividends declared     0.28       0.28       0.28       0.28  
Cash dividends paid     0.28       0.28       0.28       0.28  
Book value     32.88       32.45       32.28       33.21  
Market price: (a)                                
High     26.44       28.00       29.95       28.00  
Low     23.55       25.18       25.52       25.50  
Statistical Data                                
Net interest margin (fully tax equivalent)     3.54 %     3.54 %     3.51 %     3.71 %
Efficiency ratio (fully tax equivalent)     70.93       68.88       71.72       71.77  
Return on average assets     0.61       0.74       0.64       0.64  
Return on average shareholders' equity     6.45       7.81       7.05       6.69  
Weighted average equivalent shares outstanding, diluted     1,690       1,691       1,691       1,691  
(a) The above market prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commissions, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

Salisbury Bancorp, Inc.'s Common Stock, par value $.10 per share ("Common Stock") trades on the NASDAQ Capital Market under the symbol: SAL. As of March 1, 2014, there were approximately 1,713 shareholders of record of Salisbury's Common Stock.

72
 

Selected quarterly consolidated financial data (unaudited) continued:

Year ended December 31, 2012
(in thousands, except ratios and per share amounts)
  Q1 2012   Q2 2012   Q3 2012   Q4 2012
Statement of Income                                
Interest and dividend income   $ 5,858     $ 5,766     $ 5,607     $ 5,426  
Interest expense     1,175       1,080       1,035       992  
Net interest and dividend income     4,683       4,686       4,572       4,434  
Provision for loan losses     180       180       330       380  
Trust and Wealth Advisory     755       735       683       772  
Service charges and fees     521       547       559       561  
Gains on sales of mortgage loans, net     372       263       568       394  
Mortgage servicing, net     (84 )     (5 )     (9 )     76  
Securities gains     12       267              
Other     83       83       86       74  
Non-interest income     1,659       1,890       1,887       1,877  
Non-interest expense     4,500       5,026       4,693       5,334  
Income before income taxes     1,662       1,370       1,436       597  
Income tax provision     412       254       296       26  
Net income     1,250       1,116       1,140       571  
Net income available to common shareholders     1,167       1,069       1,094       531  
Financial Condition                                
Total assets   $ 598,950     $ 600,857     $ 611,037     $ 600,813  
Loans, net     371,709       377,212       377,377       388,758  
Allowance for loan losses     4,166       4,208       4,179       4,360  
Securities     151,666       141,409       131,412       132,034  
Deposits     472,686       477,910       490,206       491,215  
Repurchase agreements     10,359       6,181       2,941       1,784  
FHLBB advances     43,207       42,801       42,392       31,980  
Shareholders' equity     68,067       69,126       70,374       71,997  
Non-performing assets     7,606       8,409       9,870       10,104  
Per Common Share Data                                
Earnings, diluted and basic   $ 0.69     $ 0.63     $ 0.65     $ 0.31  
Cash dividends declared     0.28       0.28       0.28       0.28  
Cash dividends paid     0.28       0.28       0.28       0.28  
Book value     30.83       31.44       32.18       33.14  
Market price: (a)                                
High     26.95       26.49       26.39       28.47  
Low     22.51       23.25       23.11       23.16  
Statistical Data                                
Net interest margin (fully tax equivalent)     3.54 %     3.58 %     3.39 %     3.32 %
Efficiency ratio (fully tax equivalent)     66.86       66.39       66.05       71.45  
Return on average assets     0.78       0.72       0.71       0.35  
Return on average shareholders' equity     9.05       8.10       8.05       3.85  
Weighted average equivalent shares outstanding, diluted     1,689       1,689       1,690       1,690  
(a) The above market prices reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail markup, markdown or commissions, and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

73
 
Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

Item 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Controls and Procedures

Salisbury carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of Salisbury’s management, including Salisbury’s principal executive officer and principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of Salisbury’s disclosure controls and procedures at and for the year ended December 31, 2013. Based upon that evaluation, management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, concluded that Salisbury’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report and designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Salisbury in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms.

Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of Salisbury and its subsidiaries are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting. Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC, internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, Salisbury’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by Salisbury’s board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of Salisbury;
Provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of Salisbury are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of Salisbury; and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Salisbury’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management has evaluated the effectiveness of Salisbury’s internal control over financial reporting at and for the year ended December 31, 2013 based on the control criteria established in a report entitled Internal Control – Integrated Framework (1992 version), issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on such evaluation, management has concluded that Salisbury’s internal control over financial reporting is effective at and for the year ended December 31, 2013.

This annual report does not include an attestation report of Salisbury’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by Salisbury’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit Salisbury to provide only Management’s Report in this annual report.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting 

There were no significant changes in internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of 2013 that materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect Salisbury’s internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

Not Applicable.

PART III

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item will appear in Salisbury's Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, under the captions “Executive Officers”; "Directors and Nominees for Election for a Three Year Term and Director Independence” and "Corporate Governance - Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors". Such information is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

Salisbury maintains a Code of Ethics and Conflicts of Interest Policy that applies to all of Salisbury’s directors, officers and employees, including Salisbury’s principal executive officer, principal financial officer and principal accounting officer. This Code of Ethics and Conflicts of Interest Policy is available upon request, without charge, by writing to Shelly L. Humeston, Secretary, Salisbury Bank and Trust Company, 5 Bissell Street, P.O. Box 1868, Lakeville, Connecticut 06039.

Item 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item appears in Salisbury's Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, under the captions: “Elements of Compensation” and "Executive Officer Compensation"; and “Board of Directors Compensation.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item appears in Salisbury’s Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, under the captions “Principal Shareholders,” “Directions and Nominees for Election for a Three Tear Term and Director Independence” and “Executive Compensation.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

74
 

Item 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item appears in Salisbury's Proxy Statement for the 2014 Meeting of Shareholders, under the captions “Directors and Nominees for Election for a Three Year Term and Director Independence” and "Transactions with Management and Others." Such information is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

Item 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item appears in Salisbury's Proxy Statement for the 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, under the caption "Relationship with Independent Public Accountants" and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit and Permissible Non-Audit Services of Independent Auditors.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof.

PART IV

Item 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a)(1) Financial Statements. The Consolidated Financial Statements of Registrant and its subsidiary are included within Item 7 of Part II of this report.
(a)(2) Financial Statement schedules. All schedules for which provision is made in the applicable accounting regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission have been omitted because they are either not applicable or the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or Notes thereto included within Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
(b) Exhibits. The following exhibits are included as part of this Form 10-K.

     
  Exhibit No. Description
  2.1 Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Salisbury Bancorp, Inc., Salisbury Bank and Trust Company and Riverside Bank dated March 18, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of Form 8-K filed on March 19, 2014.
  3.1 Certificate of Incorporation of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Registrant’s 1998 Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed April 23, 1998, File No.: 33-50857).
  3.1.1 Amendment to Article Third of Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 11, 2009).
  3.1.2 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation of Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 19, 2009).
  3.1.3 Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation for the Series B Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2011).
  3.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Form 8-K filed March 19, 2009).
  4.1 Warrant to purchase Common Stock dated March 13, 2009. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Registrant’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2011).  (Such Warrant was repurchased by Salisbury on November 2, 2011 and simultaneously cancelled.  See Exhibit 10.8 below.)
  10.1 Amended and Restated Supplemental Retirement Plan Agreement with John F. Perotti dated January 25, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed January 30, 2008).
  10.2 Form of First Amendment to Change in Control Agreement with Executive Officers dated as of March 13, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 19, 2009). (Expired.)
  10.3 Consulting and Non-Compete Agreement dated June 1, 2009 by and between Salisbury and John F. Perotti. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2011).
  10.4 Form of Change in Control Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed March 28, 2008). (Expired.)
  10.5 2001 Director’s Stock Retainer Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s 2001 Annual Report on Form 10-KSB/A filed May 8, 2002).  (Such Plan expired in 2011 and was replaced by the 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan.  See, Exhibit 10.9 below.)
  10.6 Letter Agreement dated March 13, 2009, including the Securities Purchase Agreement - Standard Terms, as supplemented by the letter dated March 13, 2009 relating to the American Recovery and Reinvestment Act to 2009 with the U.S. Treasury Department (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Registrant’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 31, 2011).
  10.7 Securities Purchase Agreement dated August 25, 2011 with the U.S. Treasury Department relating to the Small Business Lending Fund (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2011).
  10.8 Repurchase Letter Agreement between Salisbury and the United States Department of Treasury dated August 25, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on August 25, 2011).
  10.9 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan adopted by the Board on March 25, 2011 and approved by the shareholders at Salisbury’s 2011 Annual Meeting (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 19, 2012).
  10.10 Amendment Number One to 2011 Long Term Incentive Plan dated as of January 18, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed March 7, 2013).
  10.11 Severance Agreement between Salisbury Bank and Trust and Mr. Richard J. Cantele, Jr. effective as of January 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 15, 2013).
  10.12 Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan effective as of January 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed February 15, 2013).
  10.13 Change in Control Agreement with Donald E. White dated April 1, 2013 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Form 10-Q filed May 14, 2013).
  10.14 Employee Stock Ownership Plan
  21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant.
  23.1 Consent of Shatswell, MacLeod & Company, P.C.
  31.1 Chief Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  31.2 Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 17 CF 240.13a-14, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
  32.1 Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

(c) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are required to be filed as Exhibits pursuant to Item 15(c).

75
 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

SALISBURY BANCORP, INC.

 

/s/ Richard J. Cantele, Jr.

Richard J. Cantele, Jr.,

President and Chief Executive Officer

March 28, 2014

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

   

/s/ Louis E. Allyn, II /s/ Holly J. Nelson   
Louis E. Allyn, II Holly J. Nelson
Director Director
March 28, 2014 March 28, 2014
   
/s/ Arthur J. Bassin /s/ John F. Perotti    
Arthur J. Bassin   John F. Perotti 
Director Director
March 28, 2014 March 28, 2014
   
/s/ Louise F. Brown /s/ Michael A. Varet          
Louise F. Brown Michael A. Varet
Director Director, Chairman of the Board
March 28, 2014 March 28, 2014
   
/s/ Richard J. Cantele, Jr.    /s/ Donald E. White     
Richard J. Cantele, Jr. Donald E. White
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer Chief Financial Officer 
March 28, 2014 and Chief Accounting Officer
  March 28, 2014
/s/ Robert S. Drucker  
Robert S. Drucker  
Director  
March 28, 2014  
   
/s/ David B. Farrell     
David B. Farrell  
Director  
March 28, 2014  
   
/s/ Nancy F. Humphreys     
Nancy F. Humphreys  
Director  
March 28, 2014  

76
 

Exhibit 10.14

 

Salisbury Bank and Trust Company

Employee Stock Ownership Plan

 

SALISBURY BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

 

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

 

 

(adopted effective January 1, 2013)

 

SALISBURY BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

This Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “Plan”) has been executed, effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2013, by Salisbury Bank and Trust Company.

 

 

W I T N E S S E T H  T H A T

 

WHEREAS, the board of directors of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the following Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Employer and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.

 

 

 

 

ATTEST:   SALISBURY BANK AND TRUST COMPANY
     
     
/s/ Shelly L. Humeston By:   /s/ Richard J. Cantele, Jr.
Secretary President and Chief Executive Officer
   

 

 
 

C O N T E N T S

 

      Page No.
Section 1.   Plan Identity 1
  1.1 Name 1
  1.2 Purpose 1
  1.3 Effective Date 1
  1.4 Fiscal Period 1
  1.5 Single Plan for All Employers 1
  1.6 Interpretation of Provisions 1
Section 2.   Definitions 1
Section 3.   Eligibility for Participation 10
  3.1 Initial Eligibility 10
  3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year 10
  3.3 Terminated Employees 11
  3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible 11
  3.5 Participation and Reparticipation 11
  3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee 11
  3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee 12
Section 4.   Contribution and Credits 12
  4.1 Discretionary Contributions 12
  4.2 Contributions for Exempt Loans 12
  4.3 Conditions as to Contributions 13
  4.4 Rollover Contributions 13
Section 5.   Limitations on Contributions and Allocations 13
  5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions 13
  5.2 Effect of Limitations 15
  5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants 15
  5.4 Erroneous Allocations 16
Section 6.   Trust Fund and Its Investment 16
  6.1 Creation of Trust Fund 16
  6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund 16
  6.3 Acquisition of Stock 17
  6.4 Participants' Option to Diversify 18
Section 7.   Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock 18
  7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock 19
  7.2 Application of Dividends 19
Section 8.   Adjustments to Accounts 21
  8.1 ESOP Allocations 21
  8.2 Charges to Accounts 22
  8.3 Stock Fund Account 22
  8.4 Investment Fund Account 22
  8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund 22
  8.6 Participant Statements 23
Section 9.   Vesting of Participants' Interests 23
  9.1 Vesting in Accounts 23
  9.2 Computation of Vesting Years 23
  9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events 24
  9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination 25
  9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral 25
  9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures 26
  9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability 26
Section 10.   Payment of Benefits 26
  10.1 Benefits for Participants 26
  10.2 Time for Distribution 27
  10.3 Marital Status 29
  10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination 29
  10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments 29
  10.6 Options to Receive Stock 29
  10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock 30
  10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights 30
  10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution 30
  10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution 31
Section 11.   Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals 31
  11.1 Claim for Benefits 32
  11.2 Notification by Committee 32
  11.3 Claims Review Procedure 32
Section 12.   The Committee and its Functions 32
  12.1 Authority of Committee 32
  12.2 Identity of Committee 33
  12.3 Duties of Committee 33
  12.4 Valuation of Stock 33
  12.5 Compliance with ERISA 33
  12.6 Action by Committee 33
  12.7 Execution of Documents 34
  12.8 Adoption of Rules 34
  12.9 Responsibilities to Participants 34
  12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity 34
  12.11 Indemnification by Employers 34
  12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member 34
Section 13.   Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan 35
  13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers 35
  13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification 35
  13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate 35
Section 14.   Miscellaneous Provisions 36
  14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights 36
  14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits 36
  14.3 Limit of Employer Liability 36
  14.4 Treatment of Expenses 36
  14.5 Number and Gender 36
  14.6 Nondiversion of Assets 36
  14.7 Separability of Provisions 36
  14.8 Service of Process 37
  14.9 Governing State Law 37
  14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility 37
  14.11 Unclaimed Accounts 37
  14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order 37
  14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections 38
  14.14 Acquisition of Securities 38
Section 15.   Top-Heavy Provisions 38
  15.1 Top-Heavy Plan 38
  15.2 Definitions 39
  15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application 40
  15.4 Minimum Contributions 41
  15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan 41

 

 
 

SALISBURY BANK AND TRUST COMPANY

EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

 

 

Section 1. Plan Identity .

1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is “Salisbury Bank and Trust Company Employee Stock Ownership Plan.”

1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.

1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2013.

1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plan’s books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.

1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.

1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.

Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.

Section 2. Definitions .

The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:

“Account” means a Participant’s interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employer’s contributions, the Plan’s investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.

“Active Participant” means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date, or (iii) his Service terminated during the Plan Year by reason of Disability, death, or Normal Retirement.

“Bank” means Salisbury Bank and Trust Company and any entity which succeeds to the business of Salisbury Bank and Trust Company and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.

“Beneficiary” means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participant’s death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participant’s executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participant’s Spouse.

1
 

“Break in Service” means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employee’s pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employee’s child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employee’s adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service. Hours of Service shall be credited only in the year in which the absence from work begins, if a Participant would be prevented from incurring a one-year Break in Service in such year solely because the period of absence is treated as Hours of Service, or in any other case, in the immediately following year.

Closing Date ” means the closing date of the stock offering of the Company.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Committee” means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.

“Company” means Salisbury Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.

“Compensation” shall mean:

(a) 415 Compensation.

(b) If a determination period consists of fewer than 12 months, the annual compensation limit is an amount equal to the otherwise applicable compensation limit set forth under Section 5.1-2 multiplied by a fraction. The numerator of the fraction is the number of months in the short determination period, and the denominator of the fraction is 12.

(c) A Participant’s Compensation, for Plan purposes, shall include all Compensation earned during the Plan Year, including Compensation earned during the Plan Year prior to the Participant’s Entry Date.

“Disability” means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.

“Eligible Employee ” means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2 and who has attained age 18.

2
 

“Employee” means any individual who is or has been employed or self-employed by an Employer. “Employee” also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a “leased employee” shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employee’s 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employer’s total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Compensated Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).

“Employer” means the Bank or any affiliate within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Bank’s consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.

“Entry Date” means January 1, 2013 and each July 1 and January 1 of each Plan Year after such date.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).

“Exempt Loan” means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:

(i) to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-12;

(ii) to repay such Exempt Loan; or

(iii) to repay a prior exempt loan.

“415 Compensation” shall mean:

(a) Wages (including overtime pay, bonuses and commissions), as defined in Code Section 3401(a) for purposes of income tax withholding at the source.

(b) Any elective deferral as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3) (any Employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant to the extent not includible in gross income and any Employer contributions to purchase an annuity contract under Code Section 403(b) under a salary reduction agreement), and any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Participant and which is not includible in gross income of the Participant by reason of Code Section 125 (including any “deemed” Code Section 125 compensation) (Cafeteria Plan), Code Section 457, 132(f)(4) or because such amount was deferred in accordance with an Employer-provided deferred compensation plan, shall also be included in the definition of 415 Compensation.

(c) 415 Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participant’s severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included in 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.

(i) Regular Pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participant’s regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participant’s regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.

(ii) Leave Cashouts. Leave cashouts shall be included in 415 Compensation if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were paid prior to the Participant’s severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued.

3
 

(d) 415 Compensation includes differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.

(e) 415 Compensation in excess of $255,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $255,000 limit shall be referred to as the “applicable limit” for the Plan Year in question. The $255,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.

“Highly Compensated Employee” for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $115,000 (as adjusted). The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a “determination year” and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.

“Hours of Service” means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:

(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.

(b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with worker’s compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.

(c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.

(d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.

4
 

(e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 90 Hours of Service for each bi-weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.

(f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Committee may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.

(g) In all respects an Employee’s Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labor’s regulations under Title I of ERISA.

“Investment Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Exempt Loan, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participant’s Stock Fund.

“Normal Retirement” means retirement on or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date.

“Normal Retirement Date” means the Participant’s 65 th birthday.

“Participant” means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.

“Period of Uniformed Service” means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.

“Plan Year” means the twelve-month period commencing January 1 and ending December 31 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.

5
 

“Recognized Absence” means a period for which --

(a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or

(b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or

(c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).

“Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service”

(a) “Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service” means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (“USERRA”) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employer’s circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:

(1) in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;

(2) prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);

(3) is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or

6
 

(4) for a Participant is:

(A) required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;

(B) required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;

(C) required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or

(D) the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.

(b) The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:

(1) If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,

(A) not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employee’s residence; or

(B) as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.

7
 

(2) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.

(3) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.

(4) In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employee’s control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.

(c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:

(1) a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;

(2) any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;

(3) a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or

(4) a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.

8
 

“Service” means an Employee’s period(s) of employment or self-employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employee’s Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employee’s Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

“Spouse” means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participant’s death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.

“Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is readily tradable on an established securities market. In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then “Stock” means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.

“Stock Fund” means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.

“Trust” or “Trust Fund” means the trust fund created under this Plan.

“Trust Agreement” means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, “Trust Agreement” shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.

“Trustee” means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.

9
 

“Unallocated Stock Fund” means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plan’s holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Exempt Loans and which have not yet been allocated to the Participant’s Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.

“Uniformed Service” means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.

“Valuation Date” means for so long as there is a generally recognized market for the Stock each business day. If at any time there shall be no generally recognized market for the Stock, then “Valuation Date” shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants’ Accounts accordingly.

“Valuation Period” means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.

“Vesting Year” means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.

Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .

3.1 Initial Eligibility . An Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the last day of the Eligible Employee’s first Eligibility Year and attainment of age 18. Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Employee who is an Eligible Employee on or prior to the Closing Date shall enter the Plan, retroactively, on the Effective Date.

3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . “Eligibility Year” means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For this purpose:

(i) an Eligible Employee’s first “eligibility period” is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, including any years before the Effective Date of the Plan, and

(ii) his subsequent eligibility periods will be 12-consecutive month periods beginning on each January 1 after that first day of Service.

10
 

3.3 Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.

3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible .

3.4-1. No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employee’s collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employee’s participation in the Plan.

3.4-2. Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).

3.4-3. An Eligible Employee may elect not to participate in the Plan, provided, however, such election is made solely to meet the requirements of Code Section 409(n). For an election to be effective for a particular Plan Year, the Eligible Employee or Participant must file the election in writing with the Committee no later than the last day of the Plan Year for which the election is to be effective. The Employer may not make a contribution under the Plan for the Eligible Employee or for the Participant for the Plan Year for which the election is effective, nor for any succeeding Plan Year, unless the Eligible Employee or Participant re-elects to participate in the Plan. The Eligible Employee or Participant may elect again not to participate, but not earlier than the first Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the re-election was first effective.

3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.

3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.

11
 

3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made. Any person who, after the close of a Plan Year, is retroactively treated by the Company, an affiliated company or any other party as an Employee for such prior Plan Year shall not, for purposes of the Plan, be considered an Employee for such prior Plan Year unless expressly so treated as such by the Company.

Section 4. Contributions and Credits .

4.1 Discretionary Contributions .

4.1-1. The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employer’s contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.

4.1-2. Upon a Participant’s Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participant’s Period of Uniformed Service.

4.2 Contributions for Exempt Loans . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Exempt Loan upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Exempt Loan. If there is more than one Exempt Loan, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Exempt Loan related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.

In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under an Exempt Loan, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Exempt Loan which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Exempt Loan in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Exempt Loan.

At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under an Exempt Loan may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Exempt Loan, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.

12
 

4.3 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers’ contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.2 for the return of an Employer’s contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participant’s Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.

4.4 Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an “eligible rollover distribution” as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.

Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .

5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:

5.1-1 If allocation of Employer contributions in accordance with Section 4.1 will result in an allocation of more than one-third the total contributions for a Plan Year to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees, and such allocation would cause any Highly Compensated Employee to exceed the limitations under Code Section 415(c) or the Employer to exceed the deduction limits under Code Section 404, then no more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.

5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participant’s Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $51,000 (for 2013, or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the “dollar limitation”) or 100 percent of the Participant’s 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the “percentage limitation”). In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions. The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after severance from employment (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. If, as a result of the allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a Participant’s annual compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of elective deferrals (within the meaning of Code Section 402(g)(3)) that may be made with respect to any individual under the limits of Code Section 415, or under other limited facts and circumstances that the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service finds justify the availability of the rules set forth in this paragraph, the annual additions under the terms of the Plan for a particular Participant would cause the limitations of Code Section 415 applicable to that Participant for the limitation year to be exceeded, the Plan may only correct such excess in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Revenue Procedure 2008-50 or any subsequent guidance.

13
 

5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the “annual addition” to a Participant’s Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. For these purposes, annual additions to a defined contribution plan shall not include the allocation of the excess amounts remaining in the Unallocated Stock Fund subsequent to a sale of stock from such fund in accordance with a transaction described in Section 8.1 of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “annual additions” shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.

In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participant’s Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.

5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Compensated Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:

(i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or

(ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participant’s Account.

5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other “defined contribution plans” as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.

5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31.

14
 

5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants’ compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan. If it is determined at any time that the Committee and/or Trustee has erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating net gain or loss pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3, then the Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in order to comply with Section 409(n) of the Code.

This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i) more than 25 percent of any class of stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a “Related Class”). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plan’s purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.

Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.

This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.

15
 

5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7 and any revenue procedure or other notice published by the Internal Revenue Service regarding permissible correction methods, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.

Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment .

6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.

6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. As a directed Trustee, the Trustee shall have such responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund as set forth in Section .05 of the Trust Agreement.

16
 

6.3 Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called an “Exempt Loan.” The term “Exempt Loan” shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An Exempt Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (“ESOP”). For these purposes, the term “guarantee” shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of an Exempt Loan in order to qualify as an “exempt loan” is not a refinancing of the Exempt Loan or the making of another Exempt Loan. The term “exempt loan” refers to a loan that is primarily for the benefit of the Plan participants and their beneficiaries and that satisfies the provisions of this paragraph. A “non-exempt loan” fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Exempt Loan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:

6.3-1 All Exempt Loans incurred by the Plan must be primarily for the benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, and an Exempt Loan shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Exempt Loan will not cause the Plan’s assets to be inappropriately impaired in violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).

6.3-2 An Exempt Loan may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Exempt Loan, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Exempt Loan which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for an Exempt Loan, and no creditor under an Exempt Loan shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.

6.3-3 Any pledge of Stock to secure an Exempt Loan must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Exempt Loans in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.

6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan shall be made by the Trustee only from Employer cash contributions designated for such payments, from earnings on such contributions, and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. The payment on the Exempt Loan during the Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during such year or prior to such year, less such payments in prior years. Such contributions and earnings must be accounted for separately in the books and accounts of the Plan until the Exempt Loan is fully repaid.

6.3-5 In the event of default of an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, an Exempt Loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Exempt Loan. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.

17
 

6.4 Participants’ Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to “diversify” a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25 percent of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term “qualified election period” shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participant’s election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:

6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.

6.4-2           The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”).

6.4-3           The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participant’s Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.

Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .

18
 

7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock .

7.1-1 The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee.  However, if any Employer has a registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants’ written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock, allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions, and Stock for which Participants vote to “abstain,” in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants’ Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted and any exempt loan which may be outstanding is not in default, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.

Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants’ with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.

7.1-2 In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.

7.2 Application of Dividends .

7.2-1 Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants’ Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.

7.2-2 Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants’ Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.

(i) On Stock in Participants’ Accounts .

(A) Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants’ Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (I) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(iii) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (II) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance (III) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants’ Stock Fund Account balance or (IV) be used to make payments on the Exempt Loan. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participant’s Account are used to repay the Exempt Loan, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participant’s Account in lieu of the dividends.

19
 

(B) Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participant’s Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participant’s election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute “applicable dividends” which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.

(ii) On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Exempt Loan used to acquire such shares. If the amount of dividends exceeds the amount needed to repay such principal and interest (including any prepayments of principal and interest deemed advisable by the Employer), then in the sole discretion of the Committee, the excess shall: (A) be allocated to Active Participants, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each such person that was earned during that portion of the Plan Year that such person participated in the Plan compared to total Compensation of each Active Participant for such year, or (B) be deemed to be general earnings of the Trust Fund and used for paying appropriate Plan or Trust related expenditures for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Exempt Loan unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.

20
 

Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .

8.1 ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Exempt Loan payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer, shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions (or on the basis of the complete repayment of the Exempt Loan through the sale or other disposition of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund) and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.

8.1-1 Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:

(i) first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Exempt Loan, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,

(ii) second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and

(iii) finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 8.1-2.

8.1-2 Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, amounts forfeited, and, to the extent applicable, shares of Stock released in accordance with Section 8.1-1(iii)) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant during the Plan Year compared to total Compensation for all Active Participants earned during the Plan Year.

8.1-3 Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.

21
 

8.2 Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.

8.3 Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participant’s allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participant’s allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account.

If, in any Plan Year during which an outstanding Exempt Loan exists, the Employer directs the Trustee to sell or otherwise dispose of a number of shares of Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund sufficient to repay, in its entirety, the Exempt Loans, and following such repayment, there remains Stock or other assets in the Unallocated Stock Fund, such Stock or other assets shall be allocated as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the repayment occurred as earnings of the Plan to Active Participants, in proportion to the number of shares held in Active Participants’ Stock Fund Accounts.

8.4 Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participant’s Investment Fund Account: (i) the Participant’s allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under an Exempt Loan; (ii) the Participant’s allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (iii) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participant’s Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Exempt Loan; and (iv) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participant’s Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.

8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the “Investment Fund”); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participant’s Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants’ Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.

22
 

8.6 Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Committee shall provide or shall cause to be provided to each Participant a statement of his or her Account balances, and the vested percentage thereof, as of the last day of the Plan Year.

Section 9. Vesting of Participants’ Interests .

9.1 Vesting in Accounts . A Participant’s vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:

Vesting Percentage of
Years Interest Vested
   
Fewer than 2 0%
2 20%
3 40%
4 60%
5 80%
6 or more 100%

 

9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a “Vesting Year” means generally a Plan Year in which an Eligible Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Eligible Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of “Service.” Notwithstanding the above, an Eligible Employee who was employed with the Bank shall receive credit for vesting purposes for each calendar year of continuous employment with the Bank prior to the adoption of the Plan in which such Eligible Employee completed 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as “Vesting Years”). However, a Participant’s Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:

9.2-1 A Participant’s Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Employee attains age 18.

9.2-2 To the extent applicable, a Participant’s vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.

9.2-3 To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has five (5) or more consecutive one year Breaks in Service, the Participant’s pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:

(i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of severance from employment, or

(ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.

9.2-4 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.

9.2-5 To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.

23
 

9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .

9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. The Participant’s interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Disability or by death. For purposes of this Section 9.3-1, benefits payable in the event of a Participant’s death or Disability while performing qualified military service shall fully vest in accordance with Section 414(u)(9) of the Code.

9.3-2 The Participant’s interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a “Change in Control” of the Bank, or the Company. For these purposes “Change in Control” means a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”); or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any “person” (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by the Bank’s employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board of the Directors on the date hereof (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs or is effected; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company is distributed, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more business organizations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.

24
 

9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participant’s interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated. A partial termination of the Plan shall be determined by the Internal Revenue Service Commissioner based on the facts and circumstances of the particular case in accordance with Code Section 411(d)(3) and the corresponding Treasury Regulations issued thereunder.

9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participant’s Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited after a one-year break in service. If a Participant’s Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service.

If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees’ forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.

In addition, if a Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance but his non-vested Account balance was forfeited after a one-year Break in Service, such nonvested Account balance shall be restored if the Plan terminates before the Participant has a five-year Break in Service. If the Participant did not receive a distribution of his vested Account balance, any forfeiture restored shall include earnings that would have been credited to the Account but for the forfeiture.

For purposes of this Section and Section 5.1 of the Plan, if a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated from an Exempt Loan will be forfeited only after other assets. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.

25
 

9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participant’s Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participant’s Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participant’s Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, forfeitures may be applied to the payment of reasonable administrative expenses of the Plan which are incurred in the year that the forfeitures arise, to the extent set forth in Section 14.4. Any forfeitures remaining after payment of reasonable administrative expenses shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participant’s Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.

9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participant’s interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.

Section 10. Payment of Benefits .

10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participant’s death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Prior to any such distribution, any Participant entitled to a distribution will receive a form upon which the Participant can elect the manner of such distribution (e.g., whether to receive the distribution directly or transfer such distribution to an individual retirement account or other tax-qualified plan), a special tax notice regarding the consequences of such distribution, and, if applicable, that the Participant has the right not to consent to a distribution at such time.

If a Participant so desires, he may direct how his benefits are to be paid to his Beneficiary. Notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. If a deceased Participant did not file a direction with the Committee, the Participant’s benefits shall be distributed to his Beneficiary in a lump sum. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participant’s vested Account shall be distributed, without regard to whether the Participant consents, in a lump sum within 60 days after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participant’s vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to his Normal Retirement Date unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. The Committee shall provide the Participant with written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 411(a)(11), and shall provide the Participant with a general description of the material features of the optional forms of benefits under the Plan and the right to defer receipt of any distribution under the Plan. Such notice shall be provided no less than 30 days and no more than 180 days before the date a distribution under the Plan commences. Notwithstanding the foregoing, failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior his Normal Retirement Date shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. All distributions of $1,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participant’s consent shall be made in cash.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event the Participant dies while performing qualified military service (as defined Section 414(u) of the Code), the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be entitled to any additional benefit provided under the Plan had the Participant resumed and then severed from employment on account of death.

26
 

10.2 Time for Distribution .

10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participant’s spouse, elects the distribution of the Participant’s Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant severs employment by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death, or which is the fifth Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise severs employment, except that this clause shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin.

10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participant’s Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -

(i) the Participant attains the age of 65;

(ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or

(iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.

10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participant’s Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participant’s benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participant’s benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.

10.2-4 Distribution of a Participant’s Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:

(i) If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participant’s Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70½. In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.

27
 

(ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.

(iii) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Beneficiary, provided, however, that no election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary than his surviving Spouse shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouse’s written consent, which (A) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (B) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouse’s further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (C) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committee’s satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.

10.2-5 If a Participant or any other distributee’s distribution is rolled over to another eligible retirement plan following the Participant’s required beginning date (as determined in accordance with Section 10.2-3), only the amount that exceeds the required minimum distribution amount for the Plan Year (as determined in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9)) in which the rollover is completed is treated as an eligible rollover distribution for purposes of Section 10.9.

10.2-6 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).

28
 

10.3 Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the Committee’s good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.

10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.

10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participant’s Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.

10.6 Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participant’s entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In that event, the Committee shall apply the Participant’s vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participant’s vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash. If Stock acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class of Stock, the Participant (or Beneficiary, if applicable) must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class.

Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the “put right”). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stock’s current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participant’s Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employer’s rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.

29
 

The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Exempt Loan, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through an Exempt Loan shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).

10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participant’s death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.

10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.

10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.

10.9-1 An “eligible rollover” is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). Notwithstanding the foregoing, an “eligible rollover” shall include a distribution that is made to a “distributee” as defined under Section 10.9-4.

30
 

10.9-2 An “eligible retirement plan” is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributee’s eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan.

10.9-3 A “direct rollover” is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

10.9-4 The term “distributee” shall refer to a deceased Participant’s Spouse or a Participant’s former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), and shall include non-Spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).

10.9-5 The Committee shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.

10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 402(f) and 411(a)(11) of the Code apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.402(f)-1 or 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:

(i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution (and, if applicable, a particular form of distribution), and

(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects to make a tax-free rollover or receive a taxable distribution.

Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .

31
 

11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participant’s benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.

11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:

(i) each specific reason for the denial;

(ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;

(iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and

(iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.

11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committee’s determination.  In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants’ and Beneficiaries’ rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committee’s final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.

Section 12. The Committee and its Functions .

12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the “plan administrator” within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

32
 

12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.

12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.

Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plan’s holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Exempt Loans. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Bank’s long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. In determining the proper extent of the Trust’s investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.

12.4 Valuation of Stock . If the valuation of any Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “independent appraiser” means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Section 170(a)(1) of the Code. The Valuation Date for all Plan transactions, including transactions between the Plan and a disqualified person, shall be the date of the transaction, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(5).

12.5 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.

12.6 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.

33
 

12.7 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.

12.8 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.

12.9 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent such decision is consistent with applicable law and made in a non-discriminatory manner and in the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries.

12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individual’s benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.

12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.

12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.

34
 

Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .

13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entity’s Employees.

13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employer’s contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a). In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact.

13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employer’s Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participant’s or Beneficiary’s proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committee’s instructions.

35
 

Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .

14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.

14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.

14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.

14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.

14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.

14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.

14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.

36
 

14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.

14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Connecticut to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.

14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact. The maximum amount that may be returned to the Employer in the case of a mistake of fact or the disallowance of a deduction is the excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant, (2) (A) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have been contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.

14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:

(i) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participant’s Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.

(ii) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.

Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.

14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a “qualified domestic relations order” defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a “qualified domestic relations order,” a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.

In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:

(i) The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plan’s procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and

(ii) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.

During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term “alternate payee” means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.

37
 

14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.

14.14 Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).

Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions .

15.1 Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

(i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;

(ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or

(iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).

38
 

15.2 Definitions . In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:

15.2-1 The “Determination Date,” with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plan’s Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plan’s Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plan’s Determination Date.

15.2-2 A “Key Employee” means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $160,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

15.2-3 A “Non-key Employee” means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.

15.2-4 A “required aggregation group” includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.

15.2-5 A “permissive aggregation group” includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.

39
 

15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application . For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:

15.3-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.

15.3-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individual’s accrued benefits and an individual’s Account balances is counted only once each year.

15.3-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.

15.3-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.

15.3-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.

15.3-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a reason other than severance from employment, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting “five (5) year period” for “one (1) year period.”

15.3-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.

15.3-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.

40
 

15.4 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:

(i) three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or

(ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year.  For purposes of the special contribution of this Section 15.2, a Key Employee’s 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.

If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in the other plan rather than in this Plan.

15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.

 

 

 

41   

 

 

Exhibit 21.1

SALISBURY BANCORP, INC.

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

 

Salisbury Bank, a Connecticut state chartered commercial bank.

 

Subsidiaries of Salisbury Bank:

SBT Mortgage Service Corporation, a Connecticut corporation.

S.B.T. Realty, Incorporated, a New York corporation.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

SALISBURY BANCORP, INC.

CONSENT OF SHATSWELL, MACLEOD & COMPANY, P.C.

 

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-160767 and 333-152930) of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. of our report dated March 19, 2014 relating to the financial statements which appears in this Form 10-K.

 

  /s/ Shatswell, MacLeod & Company P.C.

 

 

West Peabody, Massachusetts

March 19, 2014

 

 

 

 


Exhibit 31.1

SALISBURY BANCORP, INC.

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Richard J. Cantele, Jr., certify that:

1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc.;
2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4) The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5) The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

March 28, 2014 By:   /s/ R ICHARD J. C ANTELE , J R .
    Richard J. Cantele, Jr.,
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

SALISBURY BANCORP, INC.

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Donald E. White, certify that:

1) I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc.;
2) Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3) Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4) The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and we have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation;
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5) The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

 

March 28, 2014 By:   /s/ D ONALD E.W HITE
    Donald E. White,
    Chief Financial Officer

  

 

Exhibit 32.1

SALISBURY BANCORP, INC.

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

The undersigned officer of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013 to which this certification is attached (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

March 28, 2014 By:   /s/ R ICHARD J. C ANTELE , J R .
    Richard J. Cantele, Jr.,
    President and Chief Executive Officer

 

The undersigned officer of Salisbury Bancorp, Inc. (the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that the Corporation’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2013 to which this certification is attached (the “Report”), as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Corporation.

 

March 28, 2014 By:   /s/ D ONALD E.W HITE
    Donald E. White,
    Chief Financial Officer